DESIGN STANDARDS MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLEVELAND CLINIC FOUNDATION DESIGN STANDARDS
Section 1 – General Design Guidelines
Introduction
1
General Design Guidelines
Mechanical System Design Guidelines
Electrical System Design Guidelines
2-4
5-21
21-44
Section 2 – Room Specific Design Guidelines
Introduction
1
Bone Marrow Transplant Rooms (B.M.T.)
Clean Utility Room
Conference Rooms
Corridor (Patient)
Corridor (Public)
Dining Areas
Electrical Closet
Electrical Room
Elevator Cabs: Public
Elevator Cabs: Service
Elevator Lobby: Public
Elevator Lobby: Service
Elevator Machine Room
Exam Rooms
Information Technology Division (IDF)Room
Information Technology Division (MDF) Room
Intensive Care Unit (I.C.U.)
Laboratories
Labor, Delivery and Recovery Rooms (L.D.R.)
Linen Chute Room
2-3
4-5
6-7
8
9-10
11
12
13-14
15
16
17
18
19
20-21
22-24
25-27
28-30
31-32
33-34
35
Lobby: Main/Reception Areas
Lobby: Main/Waiting Areas
Lobby: Secondary/Reception Areas
Lobby: Secondary/Waiting Areas
Locker Rooms
Main Entrances: Vestibule
Mechanical Rooms
Medical Gas Storage
Nurse Station
Offices: Administrative
Offices: Board of Governors
Offices: General Staff
Offices: Open Office Area
Offices: Physician
Operating Rooms
Patient Rooms
Patient Room: Toilet Rooms
Patient Shower Areas
Pharmacy: Inpatient
Pharmacy: Outpatient
Post Partum Rooms
Procedure Rooms: Invasive
Procedure Rooms: Non-Invasive
Radiology Rooms (General)
Ramps: Public
Ramps: Receiving
Ramps: Service
Soiled Utility Room
Staff Lounge
Stepdown Units
Storage Rooms
Toilet Rooms: Public-High Profile
Toilet Rooms: Public-Low Profile
Toilet Rooms: Staff
Trash Chute Room
36-37
38
39-40
41
42
43
44
45
46-47
48
49
50
51
52-53
54-55
56-57
58-59
60
61-62
63-64
65-66
67-68
69-70
71-72
73
74
75
76-77
78-79
80-81
82
83-84
85-86
87
88
Section 3 – Appendix A Building Products/Manufacturer Listings
Division 1
Division 2
Division 3
Division 4
Division 5
Division 6
Division 7
Division 8
Division 9
Division 10
Division 11
Division 12
Division 13
Division 14
Division 15
Division 16
1
1
1
2
3-4
5-7
8-9
10-15
15-22
22-30
31
31-32
32
32
33-79
80-95
Section 4 – Appendix B Interior Finish Products/Manufacturer Listings
Floor Finish: Carpet
Floor Finish: Ceramic and Porcelain
Floor Finish: Linoleum
Floor Finish: Marble and Granite
Floor Finish: Rubber
Select
Box for Interior Finishes
Floor Finish: Sheet
Vinyl
Floor Finish: Terrazzo
Floor Finish: Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT)
Floor Finish: Wood
Floor Finish: Transition Strips
Wall Base Finish: Vinyl
Wall Finish: Ceramic and Porcelain
Wall Finish: Marble and Granite
Wall Finish: Paint
Wall Finish: Plastic Laminate
Wall Finish: Wall Covering
Wall Finish: Wall Protection Systems
Miscellaneous Finish: Cubicle Curtains
Miscellaneous Finish: Draperies
Miscellaneous Finish: Mini-Blinds
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14-15
16
17
18-19
20
21
22
Section 5 – Appendix C Interior Furniture Products and Manufacturer
Representative Listings
Introduction
01.06.11
- This section has been removed
Board of Governors: Offices
Board of Governors: Secretary Areas
Classroom/Training
Conference Rooms
Dining – Informal
Dining Areas – Formal
Labor, Delivery and Recovery Rooms
Exam Rooms
Lobby: Main Waiting Areas
Lobby: Main Registration/Reception
Nurse Stations
Offices: Administrative
Offices: Department Heads
Offices: Physicians
Offices: Support Staff (Open Areas)
Offices: Support Staff (Private Offices)
On-Call Rooms
Patient Rooms
Staff Lounge
Libraries
Waiting Areas: Family Waiting Vending Areas and Recovery Areas
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Section 6 – Standard Millwork Details
Introduction
1
List of Hardware
List of Material
Typical Base Cabinet
Typical Base Cabinet
Typical Base Cabinet (File Drawer)
Typical Sink Base Cabinet
Typical Wall Cabinet
Typical Wall Cabinet
Typical Wall Cabinet
Typical Wall Cabinet
Typical Wall Cabinet
Typical Work Station
Typical Work Station
Typical Work Surface
Typical Work Surface
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Typical Work Surface
Typical Storage Closet
Typical Storage Closet
17
18
19
CLEVELAND CLINIC FOUNDATION STANDARD REFERNCE DOCUMENTS
Information Technology Division Standards (I.T.D.)
Fire Safety Standards
Security Standards
click for sharps mounting requirements
click for ABHR mounting requirements
Revised: August 2003
GENERAL DESIGN GUIDELINES
INTRODUCTION
This Design Standards Manual has been prepared for and issued by The Cleveland Clinic
Foundation as a source for basic Design Guidelines and is intended for use by Consultants and
their Design Teams. Contained in this manual is information defining the different CCF
Departments and respective Contact Names to aid the Design Team during the preparation and
information gathering process leading to the development of the Construction Documents.
In addition, The Cleveland Clinic Foundation has standardized the following drawing format
and information:
·
·
·
Standard CCF Project Cover Sheet
Standard CCF Drawing Format with Sheet Border and Title Block.
Standard CCF "Risk Reduction Standard" Notes.
This standard drawing information may be used in either 24" x 36" or 30" x 42" sheet size, and
can be obtained from The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Office of Construction Management
or the CCF Internet website.
All Construction Document drawings are to be prepared using this standard format and utilizing
AutoCad Software Version 12 or newer.
This document is not intended to cover all conditions and requirements for every space in The
Cleveland Clinic Foundation Health Care environment.
By addressing Building Systems, Selected Room Specific Guidelines, Building Product
Information, Interior Finishes and Furniture Guidelines; together with established Cleveland
Clinic Foundation departmental standards, this document gives the Design Team a
comprehensive direction upon which to implement these standards with the design task assigned
by The Cleveland Clinic Foundation.
Any additions and/or modifications to this Standards Manual will be produced and issued to the
Design Team on a timely basis.
Section 1
1
Revised: August 2003
Questions or concerns regarding information contained in this Standards Manual may be
addressed to Brian J. Smith, Administrative Director, Construction Management or Thomas J.
Shepard, Director of Facility Engineering.
CLEVELAND CLINIC FOUNDATION DESIGN STANDARDS
GENERAL DESIGN GUIDELINES
A. Developing Conceptual Design
1. Work with Healthcare Facilities Planner if requested to do so to develop program
requirements and Conceptual Design
a. Programming to involve the following Departments:
Healthcare Facilities Planner
Fire Safety Department
Health Safety Department
I.T.D. (Information Technology Division)
Radiation Safety Department
2. Obtain projected Construction Budget requirements for project
B. Design/Construction Documents
1. Develop Design through to completion of Construction Documents
a. This phase of all projects shall include involvement from the following disciplines:
User Groups
Artwork Representative
Cleveland Clinic Foundation Key Control
Cleveland Clinic Foundation Project Manager (O.C.M.–Office of Construction
Management)
Department of Clinical Engineering
Engineering Consultants
Section 1
2
Revised: August 2003
Facilities Engineering Department
Fire Safety Department
Food Service
Health Safety Department
Housekeeping/Environmental Services
I.T.D. (Information Technology Division)
Parking Facilities
Police/Security
Radiation Safety Department
Signage
2. Architect shall include in the Construction Documents set, the following CCF drawing
standards:
a. Standard CCF cover sheet
b. Standard CCF sheet border and title block
c. “Standards for risk reduction” notes
3. Maintain contact, interaction with OCM Project Manager throughout the Design process
to stay within projected Construction Budget requirements. Do not schedule or attend
user group meetings without the attendance of the CCF/OCM Project Manager.
4. Prepare Construction Document package for bidding and deliver to CCF/OCM Project
Manager
5. Obtain bid due date from OCM Project Manager and attend pre-bid walk-thru along with
Engineering Consultants if requested to do so.
6. Prepare Addendum package for issue to bidders. Addendums to be issued to bidders no
later than 7 working days prior to bids due date, otherwise it becomes a change order
(bulletin).
7. All applicable Codes shall be followed.
8. Refer to Design Guidelines portion of this Document for basic Design Standards
information.
Section 1
3
Revised: August 2003
C. Construction phase of project
1. Architect, Engineering Consultants to attend job meetings based on established schedule
and if necessary or as requested by the CCF Project Manager
2. Architect to review, distribute to applicable Consultants and expedite return of all Shop
Drawing submittals. Coordinate return distribution procedure with CCF Project
Manager.
D. Project completion
1. Architect to provide to the CCF Healthcare Facilities Planner a disk copy of architectural
floor plan of project for the purpose of updating building Control Drawings.
2. Coordinate substantial completion date of project with CCF Project Manager and perform
punch list walk-thru of project in the company of the CCF Project Manager. Punch list
shall be prepared and distributed by the CCF Project Manager.
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS DESIGN GUIDELINE
A.
GENERAL MECHANICAL
1.
Indicate construction phasing on the construction documents. Consider this
construction phasing when designing mechanical systems so that a minimum of
shutdowns and disruptions to occupied areas will occur.
2.
During the design process improvements suggested by the Joint Commission
(JCAHO) and IRI must be considered for the building or area to be renovated or
constructed. Existing infrastructure upgrades must also be considered at the time
of design.
3.
Construction documents must show exact system tie-in points.
4.
During the design of the renovation project coordinate existing riser locations
with new floor plans. Reroute risers where existing shafts are to be demolished,
but first work with the Architect to avoid offset or relocation.
5.
Evaluate existing capacity and the ability of the existing systems to serve a
proposed renovation project. Issue a letter to the corresponding CCF Project
Manager stating the items to be tested or measured by a Testing and Balancing
Contractor. Consider both total and outside air requirements when considering air
systems; also consider coils, filters, fan motor, fan construction type and duct
sizes.
6.
During the design of all projects incorporate spare capacity into all systems to
accommodate future expansion to the extent possible.
Section 1
4
Revised: August 2003
7.
8.
Consideration should be given to the possible failure of critical mechanical
equipment and piping systems. Back-up equipment and piping should be installed
to provide 100 percent redundancy. Full system back-up should be considered for
the following equipment:
·
Heating system boilers
·
Heat exchangers
·
Pumps and auxiliary equipment
·
Steam system condensate pumps
·
Critical exhaust fans
·
Generator and boiler fuel oil pumps
·
Critical cooling loop chillers and pumps
·
Plumbing system booster pumps
·
Central high purity water system pumps
·
Medical and laboratory vacuum pumps and air compressors
·
Storm sump pumps
·
Sanitary sewage ejectors
Install non-critical central systems equipment with a number and arrangement to
accommodate partial systems needs (70 percent back-up) in the event of
breakdown or routine maintenance of any one piece of equipment. Non-critical
system include:
·
·
·
·
Chilled water systems (chillers, pumps, cooling towers, auxiliary
equipment)
Steam boilers and auxiliary equipment serving only humidification or
sterile processing equipment
Domestic water heaters
Supply and return fans in custom-built air handling units
9.
In air handling units serving areas that are to be renovated, verify that existing
filter efficiencies meet current code and guideline requirements for intended space
use. If an increase in filter efficiency is required, and total system static will be
increased with filters dirty, investigate fan static pressure capability and fan
construction class modify as required.
10.
Size main central systems, piping mains and duct mains with 20 percent spare
capacity above that required to serve the current proposed design. Main central
systems include chilled water, condenser water, air handling, heating including
hot water and steam, domestic water, purified water, medical and laboratory gas
and vacuum systems.
11.
Review zoning, temperature and humidity requirements with the space users on a
per project basis. Zone spaces having different uses, temperature or humidity
requirements or exposures separately.
Section 1
5
Revised: August 2003
12.
The Mechanical Design Engineer must initiate the involvement of an outdoor air
quality consultant on projects where a building/site model and wind tunnel test
may be beneficial or where a concern exists in placement of mechanical system
intakes and exhaust outlets.
13.
Outside design conditions to be used in load calculations and equipment
sizing/selection are:
Summer Cooling:
95 degree F dry bulb
75 degree F wet bulb
Cooling Tower Sizing:
95 degree F dry bulb
78 degree F wet bulb
Winter Heating:
-10 degree F
Inside space design conditions (general):
Summer Cooling:
75 degree F dry bulb
Winter Heating:
72 degree F dry bulb
Refer to "Space Design Guidelines" for additional information.
14.
The following systems/equipment must be served by the emergency power
system. The responsibility of the M/E Coordination of this equipment lies with
the Mechanical Engineer during project design. Any equipment not specifically
listed but critical to life safety must be coordinated with the facilities engineering
department on a per project basis.
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Section 1
Building heating system components boilers, pumps, controls and
auxiliary equipment
Steam system condensate return pumps
Storm system sump pumps
Sanitary system sewage ejectors
Fuel oil pumps and controls
Medical and laboratory vacuum, gas and compressed air systems and
corresponding alarms
Domestic water booster pumps
Fire pump systems
Critical systems exhaust fans (coordinate with facilities engineering
department on a per project basis)
Smoke evacuation supply and exhaust fans
6
Revised: August 2003
·
·
·
Air handling systems where the system serves building heating and is the
only source of heat, smoke evacuation, operating rooms, lab areas with
fume hoods, critical areas (to be determined on a per project basis)
Critical chilled water system components and controls
All building automation system components necessary for the control and
monitoring of the equipment connected to emergency power.
Central chilled water systems are not typically served by the emergency power
system. If this is the case the chiller control system must be connected to the
normal power system to avoid chiller shutdown during an emergency power test.
B.
15.
Suggest to the Owner where a project may require the services of an acoustical
consultant. The Mechanical Engineer must coordinate all acoustical consultant
suggestions into mechanical construction documents prior to project bidding.
16.
If asbestos insulation is discovered or suspected the CCF Project Manager must
be notified immediately so the material can be tested. If the material is found to
contain asbestos removal will be coordinated by the CCF Project Manager.
17.
Interior duct lining must not be used in HVAC systems.
18.
Installation of piping in electrical equipment rooms, telephone/communication
equipment rooms and elevator machine rooms is strongly discouraged; if
installation is unavoidable provide sloped drain pans to carry liquids away from
equipment that may be harmed. Pipe pan to the nearest floor drain or mop basin.
19.
Coordinate plumbing vent locations with HVAC system intakes, operable
windows and building entrances. Keep terminations far enough away so odors do
not cause a problem by being drawn into system intakes.
20.
In existing buidlings, coordinate new HVAC equipment labeling with fire alarm
system designer and CCF Facilities Engineering Department during the design
process.
21.
On new building projects or renovation projects where mechanical rooms are
modified, make provisions to seal the mechanical room floor to prevent water
migration to occupied areas of the building or ceiling space below. Dam all floor
penetrations with a minimum of 4" high concrete or pipe. Provide concrete dam
around and under area containing a cooling tower sump; provide floor drain in
dammed area.
DEMOLITION
1.
Section 1
Indicate on the drawings that the corresponding contractor must contact the
Radiation Safety Department before the removal of any fume hood.
7
Revised: August 2003
2.
C.
D.
Where areas being demolished share a common HVAC system with areas to
remain or areas not part of the construction make provisions to rebalance the
HVAC systems to adequately serve the area to remain without the possibility of
construction dust or contamination from construction processes. Cap ducts
immediately after final cutting and provide filters where return ducts must remain
active.
EQUIPMENT/SHAFT ACCESS
1.
Equipment must be located a maximum of four (4) feet above a ceiling and
accessible by use of an opened step ladder positioned on the floor.
2.
Access to all equipment and system components requiring service, shut-off or
adjustment must be provided.
3.
Support all piping and ductwork systems independently of equipment so
equipment can be serviced or removed without disruption to these systems.
4.
Provide access to each vertical shaft at every floor level. For large shafts
containing piping and ductwork of multiple systems provide at every floor a full
size mandoor for access and flooring (concrete or steel grating) inside the shaft.
5.
Mechanical shafts must run from the floor of the lowest level served to the
structure above the highest level served to allow for ease of future shaft work,
general maintenance and inspection.
6.
Provide convenient access to all roof and areaways.
AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS
1.
All return air systems must be ducted. Ceiling spaces, mechanical rooms and
electrical rooms must not be used as return air plenums.
2.
Interior duct lining must not be used.
equipment exposed to the airstream.
3.
Constant or variable volume systems with hot water reheat coils must be utilized
in design. Maintain in the space the minimum total and outside air requirements
at all occupied times. Full shut-off terminal units are unacceptable.
4.
During renovation of a particular area the design documents must indicate
cleaning and sanitizing of existing duct systems including existing heating,
cooling and reheat coils and air terminal devices.
5.
In general, air handling systems shall serve a particular smoke zone or
compartment. Criss-crossing of smoke zones should be avoided. Further, air
Section 1
8
This applies to ductwork as well as
Revised: August 2003
handling systems should be designed to serve a logical, predetermined area such
as a floor, smoke zone, building wing, or entire building; avoid serving multiple
building from a single system. Review all existing systems service extensions
with the Facilities Engineering Department.
E.
F.
G.
6.
Exhaust all rooms where glutaraldehyde is used or stored.
7.
Utilize radius elbows as much as possible opposed to rectangular elbows with
turing vanes.
CHILLED WATER SYSTEMS
1.
Do not use "Triple Duty" valves, provide separate balance and check valve for
each pump.
2.
Utilize ball valves wherever possible unless stated otherwise in this document.
CONDENSER WATER SYSTEMS
1.
New systems served by new cooling towers shall incorporate an indoor storage
sump to avoid system drain down in the off season. If an indoor storage sump is
not possible a steam heated sump integral with the cooling tower should be
considered. Coordinate this requirement with the Facilities Engineering
Department on a per project basis.
2.
In systems shutdown during winter operation not utilizing an indoor tower sump,
the domestic make-up water line where exterior to building must be protected
against freezing by an electric temperature maintenance system or an automatic
shut-off and drain system.
3.
Do not use "Triple Duty" valves. Provide a separate balance valve and check
valve.
4.
In systems which employ variable fan speed control, variable frequency drives are
to be considered before two speed motors.
HEATING WATER SYSTEMS
1.
Section 1
In new construction at the main campus the first design consideration should be
given to utilize fuel fired hot water boilers to serve heating and reheat systems in
attempt to conserve central campus steam capacity. All fuel fired boilers must be
specified with dual fuel burners (natural gas and fuel oil). Provide a steam to
water heat exchanger to provide summer reheat water so boilers can be locked out
of operation during summer months; tie into the reheat water system and provide
manual changeover valving.
9
Revised: August 2003
H.
2.
Consider providing a steam to water heat exchanger utilizing central steam to
provide summer reheat water so hot water boilers can be locked out of operation
during summer months; tie into the reheat water system and provide manual
changeover valving.
3.
In new construction in areas other than the main campus utilize fuel fired hot
water boilers to serve heating and reheat systems.
4.
Do not use "Triple Duty" valves. Provide a separate balance valve and check
valve.
5.
Utilize automatic (factory spring preset) balancing valves on smaller equipment
such as reheat coils, unit heaters, fan coil units, radiant panels, finned tube
radiator, convectors. Utilize manual balance valves on air handling unit heating
coils.
6.
Maximum supply water temperature must not exceed 180 degrees F for new
systems.
7.
Snow melt systems must utilize hydronic type heating systems (electric cable is
unacceptable) and employ a plate and frame heat exchanger to isolate snow melt
system from the central building heating system. A propylene glycol solution
must be utilized to prevent freezing.
8.
Control valves serving heating systems must fail to the normally open position.
9.
Utilize ball valves wherever possible unless indicated otherwise in this document.
STEAM SYSTEMS
1.
In new construction an attempt must be made to conserve central campus steam in
winter months. Steam shall be utilized for sterile processing, space and central
system humidification and preheat coils in large air handling units whenever
possible. Heat and reheat system should be served by fuel fired boilers. Refer to
Heating Water Systems.
2.
Steam supply line drips do not require bypass valves. Instead provide a valved
and capped (threaded) drain ahead of the trap.
3.
Provide globe valve bypass on all high pressure steam main shut-off valves for
the purpose of preheating the system.
Section 1
10
Revised: August 2003
4.
I.
J.
All central valves shall fail in the open position in steam heating systems.
Exception is high/low pressure steam systems where valves serve process
equipment such as sterilizers.
CONTROL SYSTEMS
1.
During renovation of a particular area the design documents must indicate
existing temperature control testing and recalibration. Any incorrectly or nonfunctioning items must be mentioned to the CCF Project Manager in writing by
the corresponding contractor.
2.
All drawing sets must indicate at a minimum the temperature control diagram for
each piece of controlled or monitored equipment and a written sequence of
operation.
MEDICAL/LABORATORY AND VACUUM SYSTEMS
1.
General
a) System designs must comply with NFPA 99, AIA Guidelines and
ANSI/ASSE Series 6000 – Professional Qualification Standards for
Medical Gas Systems Installers, Inspectors and Verifiers.
b) Contract drawings for all projects where extensive medical gas and/or
vacuum systems are present must have system schematic drawings (in
elevation) indicating areas served, piping, valving, alarming, wiring and
major equipment.
c) All wiring for alarm functions must be in conduit.
d) Waste anesthetic gas disposal (evacuation)can be provided from the
central vacuum system if a dedicated main with duplexed vacuum
regulator and bypass is installed adjacent to the vacuum pump to create
two totally separate piping systems. In new construction a dedicated
evacuation pump and system should be considered.
e) All medical gas and vacuum requirements apply to laboratory gas and
vacuum systems with the following exceptions.
1) Individual laboratory zone valves are not required to be installed in
zone valve boxes.
2) Valves are not required to be locked in the open position, but must
be capable of being locked.
Section 1
11
Revised: August 2003
3) Specific outlet/inlet types and alarm points must be coordinated
with laboratory space users.
4) Laboratory systems must be separate from medical systems.
f) Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (Evacuation)
1)
3.
Provide dedicated station inlets having the capacity and level of
vacuum indicated by the space users (Anesthesia Department, etc.)
A separate system should be considered.
Equipment
a) All medical vacuum pumps and air compressors must be provided with
redundant equipment and automatic changeover in the event of one pump
or compressors failure or based on runtime. Runtime hour meters are
required at all control panels.
b) All medical vacuum and gas systems must be alarmed to the central BAS and
served from the emergency power system.
c) Provide control panels with a defeatable interlock on/off switch to allow
system trouble-shooting without shutting down equipment when panel is
opened.
d) Manifold Cylinder Systems
Section 1
1)
System capacity must be coordinated with the space users so an
adequate design can be accomplished. The Design Engineer must
coordinate future expansion requirements with the end users and
include requirements into current sizing provided this is
economically feasible.
2)
Install all manifold systems in a separate, lockable room that is
accessible by an elevator in the near vicinity. Ventilate the room
continuously through a dedicated exhaust system to the outside.
3)
All cylinders active and stored must be chained. Coordinate this
requirement with the Architect.
4)
All vent lines must be routed independently to the outside.
5)
Provide a labeled main shut-off valve indicating areas served.
6)
All alarms must communicate with the master alarm panel.
12
Revised: August 2003
e) Compressed Air Systems
1)
System capacity must be coordinated with the space users so an
adequate design can be accomplished. The Design Engineer must
coordinate future expansion requirements with the end users.
2)
Provide a labeled main shut-off valve indicating areas served.
3)
All alarms must communicate with the master alarm panel.
4)
Locate air intakes in a clean air location away from plumbing
vents, exhaust fans, vehicle fumes, vacuum discharges, etc.
5)
Located equipment in a lockable room not opened to the public.
f) Vacuum Pump Systems
1)
System capacity must be coordinated with the space users so an
adequate design can be accomplished. The Design Engineer must
coordinate future expansion requirements with the end users.
2)
Provide a labeled main shut-off valve indicating areas served.
3)
All alarms must communicate with the master alarm panel.
4)
Located equipment in a lockable room not opened to the public.
5)
Provide a means to drain and service the receiver without
interrupting the vacuum service.
6)
Locate vacuum pump discharge away from outside air intakes,
operable windows, compressed air intakes, etc.
g) Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (Evacuation)
1)
4.
Piping/Valving
a)
Section 1
Provide dedicated station inlets having the capacity and level of
vacuum indicated by the space users (Anesthesia Department, etc.)
a separate system should be considered.
Piping shall not be installed in kitchens, electrical rooms or areas that are
subject to freezing.
13
Revised: August 2003
b)
As a minimum design requirement provide zone valves to meet NFPA-99.
Coordinate locations with space users and the Architect. Label all valves
by service name and color.
c)
Provide a line pressure monitoring gauge downstream of each zone valve.
d)
Provide valves at the base of all risers and at all branch lines emanating
from the risers at each floor level.
e)
Ball valves must be provided in branch piping from mains to all pressure
or vacuum switches to permit servicing of the switch. Provide a
pressure/vacuum gauge adjacent to all switches.
f)
Coordinate type of medical gas or vacuum outlets and numbers with space
users on a per project bases. As a minimum provide the type and number
of outlets indicated in AIA Guidelines. Coordinate final plan locations
with the Architect.
g)
Alarms
1)
General
(a) All alarm modules must be served by the emergency power
system.
(b) Label all alarm functions as to what is served or monitored
including areas and rooms served, equipment, pressures,
etc.
2)
Local Alarms
(a) Locate alarms in the vicinity of the corresponding nurses
station of the areas served. Coordinate locations with space
users and the Architect.
3)
Master Alarms
(a) Provide a minimum of two master alarm panels in two separate
locations for all vacuum pump, air compressor and manifold
systems. One panel must be placed at the nearest 24-hour
security station, the second in a location determined by the
corresponding users.
(b) All alarms must be connected to the central BAS.
Section 1
14
Revised: August 2003
(c) Monitor and alarm all points required by NFPA-99 for each
separate system. A separate visual indicator must be provided
for each monitoring point and an audio alarm for any point
monitored.
K. PLUMBING SYSTEMS
1.
2.
General
A.
Provide control panels serving plumbing equipment with a defeatable interlock
on/off switch to allow system troubleshooting without shutting down equipment
when panel is opened.
B.
Provide shut-off valves at all equipment connections, branch connections to
mains, main connections to risers, fixture groupings, and in mains loops to
sectionalize and isolate the system. Utilize ball valves whenever possible unless
indicated to do otherwise in this document.
C.
Provide inline check valves in service lines serving mop basins, service sinks and
all mixing/tempering valves. Valves must be above accessible ceilings.
D.
Provide an indoor 1-1/2 inch fire hose connection with backflow preventor served
by the domestic water system near all cooling towers for the purpose of cleaning
them.
E.
Provide battery operated autoflush valves on water closets and urinals in public
restrooms.
F.
Provide electrically operated autofaucets on all lavoratories in public restrooms.
G.
Coordinate the requirement for portable patient dialysis with space users on a per
project basis. Where required, provide a spout base that can easily accept a
vacuum breaker type spout.
H.
To the extent possible, hot water, cold water and recirculating hot water systems
shall be routed and valved to serve particular zones of the building. The intent is
that the shutting off of one area will not affect the operation of another area.
Water Contamination Prevention
A.
Section 1
Provide an EPA approved backflow device to prevent contamination of
potable water systems by non-potable water system or other hazards.
Examples are laboratory sinks, laboratory equipment, HVAC
equipment/systems, HVAC chemical treatment systems, fire protection
systems, film processing equipment, purified water systems, sterilizers and
glass washers.
15
Revised: August 2003
B. Separate domestic (potable) water systems from industrial (non-potable) water
systems by a reduced pressure backflow preventer. Label all industrial water
piping and all faucets/outlets “NON-POTABLE – DO NOT DRINK”.
Coordinate the use of an industrial water system with the CCF Project
Manager and the space users.
C. All backflow prevention devices must be easily accessible from the floor for
maintenance and testing. Installation above a ceiling is not permitted.
3.
Site Irrigation
A.
4.
5.
Domestic Hot Water Systems
A.
Insure that domestic hot water is readily available to all plumbing fixtures
by providing a recirculating domestic hot water system on new
construction projects or extending existing recirculating water systems on
renovation projects. Maximum length from recirculated main to fixture is
five (5) lineal feet of pipe. If extension of an existing domestic hot water
recirculation system is not possible electric temperature maintenance cable
is acceptable.
B.
Domestic hot water systems serving general plumbing fixture must be
maintained at 110 degrees F.
C.
Systems must communicate tank and system water temperature to the
central FMS.
Emergency Shower and Eyewash Systems
A.
6.
Provide a site irrigation connection with shut-off valve and backflow
preventor. Coordinate with the CCF Project Manager for requirements on
a per project basis. If required, coordinate a size with the Landscape
Consultant or the Facilities Engineering Department.
All emergency shower and eyewash stations or water systems must be
served from a domestic (potable) source. Provide a mixing valve to
provide tepid water to a shower or eyewash station. If many stations exist
a designated water loop and central water mixing station should be
utilized.
Purified Water Systems
A.
Section 1
Water Quality: Coordinate specific water quality requirements with the
space users during design. Levels of water quality include city water,
filtered water, softened water, and various levels of high purity water.
16
Revised: August 2003
Consider the increased cost to the project of providing a water quality
higher than that required.
B.
Issues to be addressed to define water quality are:
1)
2)
3)
4)
C.
Conductance
Resistance
Total dissolved solids
Total bacteria count
Areas that may have specific water quality requirements are:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Pharmacy
Surgery
Hemodialysis
Laboratories*
Pathology
Sterile Processing
Kitchens
* For laboratories where specific end user information is unavailable
design the system to meet the College of American Pathologists (CAP)
Type IB reagent grade water specifications:
Specific Conductance
Specific Resistance
Silicate
0.1 microhms/cm (maximum)
10 megaohms-cm (maximum)
0.05 mg/liter (maximum)
Microbiological content
(bacterial growth)
10 cfu/ml
D.
The Design Engineer shall consider a central purified water system for
larger projects with multiple outlets. Where more than one quality of
water is required consider the centralize system providing the lower level
quality and using polishers at the point of use where the higher quality
water is required. This concept should be reviewed with the space users
and adequate installation and maintenance space coordinated with the
Architect.
E.
Central System
1)
Section 1
Central systems will contain reverse osmosis (RO) type design
with deionization tanks downstream. RO water will route to a
storage tank prior to entering the feed water booster pumps serving
deionization tanks. Return water will route to the RO storage tank.
17
Revised: August 2003
Other components to incorporate into the deign of the system
include prefilters, water softeners, carbon filters, polishing filters,
UV lights, resistivity monitor, and necessary bypass valving.
F.
G.
2)
Components must be duplexed and bypasses provided to facilitate
removal and maintenance without shutting down the central
system.
3)
Provide adequate floor drain sinks and electrical power to support
the system components. Coordinate requirements with the listed
providers, on a per project basis.
Piping Systems
1)
Centralized system design must utilize a recirculating loop type
system that minimize or eliminates no-flow portions of pipe (dead
legs). Consider piping loop dropping down in the wall and tapping
off directly beneath the outlet.
2)
System design velocity (for each main pipe): 5 to 8 feet per
second.
3)
The entire system must be completely drainable for maintenance,
sterilization and repair. Include manual vents at high points to
eliminate air within the system.
4)
Provide both domestic cold and hot water to the central system
through reduced pressure backflow preventers and a mixing valve
to temper the water. Providing only cold water to the RO machine
requires the use of a steam to water heat exchanger to temper
water. Place this unit prior to the RO machine.
Alarm/Safeties
1)
The following system points shall be monitored and local
indicators provided by the system installer/manufacturer.
RO Machine trouble
Low water quality (resistivity)
Storage tank mid level alarm
Storage tank low level alarm
Lag pump running or no pumps running (low system pressure)
2)
Section 1
One alarm signal for any of the above mentioned points shall be
sent to the central BAS.
18
Revised: August 2003
7.
Drainage Systems
A.
B.
C.
8.
Provide floor drains in the following locations:
1)
Public restrooms
2)
Outside shower stalls
3)
Under reduced pressure backflow preventers
4)
Mechanical rooms adjacent to all equipment requiring draindown
or discharge
5)
Sterilizers
6)
Developers (acid resistant drains are required)
7)
Free standing ice machines
8)
Vending machine groups where machines that utilize water are
present.
Provide minimum 12 inch deep floor drain sinks in the following
locations:
1)
Under reduced pressure backflow preventers serving main building
water service
2)
Adjacent to air handling unit cooling coils (A/C condensate
discharge)
3)
Main fire protection system drains
4)
Adjacent to fire pumps
5)
Below kitchen equipment drains
6)
Other locations where discharge is high and flooding or splashing
is a concern.
Storm sump pump and sanitary sewage ejector systems must communicate
high level alarm and back-up pump in use alarm to the central FMS
Main Building Domestic Water Service
Section 1
19
Revised: August 2003
L.
A.
Provide EPA approved, duplexed, reduced pressure type backflow preventers
meeting the local water department requirements. Devices must be installed
indoors, discharge must be routed from an air gap to an adjacent 12 inch deep
floor sink drain.
B.
If a new building is constructed with a connection to an existing building a cross
connected back-up domestic water service is required.
C.
A water meter with electric remote reading capability that meets local water
department requirements must be provided.
D.
Projects at the main facility campus in Cleveland, Ohio will first consider
connecting to water mains located on numbered streets running north/south such
as East 90th Street. Alternate connection points will be main streets running
east/west such Euclid Avenue or Carnegie Avenue, if a connection is made to an
east/west street a second connection (redundant service) is required to either
another east/west street or an adjacent building with a service emanating from a
different east/west street.
E.
Domestic water pressure booster systems must communicate high/low pressure
alarm and back-up pump in use alarm to the central FMS.
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
1.
Refer to the Appendix for the Cleveland Clinic Foundation Fire Protection Design
Standards.
2.
Fully sprinkler all newly constructed buildings and remodeled areas with a
wetpipe sprinkler system. Other types of systems follow:
Utilize drypipe type systems in areas where freezing may occur:
Canopies
Overhangs
Cooling towers (where required by IRI)
Loading docks
Unheated bridges and connectors
Consider preaction double interlock systems in critical areas:
Main communication rooms
Generator rooms
Do not sprinkler main electircal rooms or elevator machine rooms in main campus
buildings in Cleveland, Ohio.
3.
Section 1
Design and installation must be by a state licensed Fire Protection Contractor.
20
Revised: August 2003
4.
Submit shop drawings to the Cleveland Clinic Foundation Office of Fire
Protection for review.
5.
During the design of a project the Mechanical Engineer will contact the Cleveland
Clinic Foundation Fire Protection Coordinator and the current insurance
underwriter to discuss the scope of the project.
6.
The minimum design will be based on Ordinary Hazard Group I Occupancy
classification. Higher classifications may be required for certain buildings or
areas and must be reviewed with NFPA requirements, the current insurance
underwriter (IRI) and the Cleveland Clinic Foundation Fire Protection
Coordinator.
Items that should be addressed (if applicable) include:
Occupancy classification
Standpipe locations
Tie-in locations
Sprinklered area
Fire hydrant, post indicator valve, siamese connection, fire department valve,
inspector test drain and fire pump accessory locations
Preliminary design can be accomplished using the following criteria:
General patient areas: 0.12 gpm/ft2 over most remote 3000 square feet
Mechanical and storage areas: 0.17 gpm/ft2 over most remote 3000 square feet.
Include a 500 gpm hose steam allowance at the base of the most remote riser for
design purposes.
7.
All fire protection piping systems must be completely drainable.
8.
All fire protection system components must be on emergency power.
9.
Main Fire Protection Service
a.
Section 1
Projects at the main facility campus in Cleveland, Ohio will first consider
connecting to water mains connected on numbered streets running
north/south such as East 90th Street. Alternate connection points will be in
main streets running east/west such as Euclid Avenue or Carnegie
Avenue: if connection to east/west mains are made a second connection
(redundant service) is required to either a second east/west street or an
adjacent building with a service emanating from a different east/west
street.
21
Revised: July 2009
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DESIGN GUIDELINES
Broadband
1. Design Process
a. Coordinate meeting with User Group(s) to determine needs
1) To consider:
a) Television
b) Telemedicine
aa. Direct Fiber Connection from point A to B with possible Broadband System
connection to send outside Foundation
bb. Over Broadband System
c) Symposiums
b. System Design
1) New Building
a) Coordinate meeting with CCF Information Technology Division (ITD) to review floor plans
and drop locations. CCF – ITD will design system up to and including all taps.
2) Renovation
a) If new taps are required or the main trunk needs to be expanded to accommodate new drops,
coordinate meeting with CCF Information Technology Division (ITD) to review floor plans
and drop locations. CCF – ITD will design system up to and including all taps.
b) If spare tap capacity is available, use existing taps to accommodate all new drops.
c. Two sets of drawings shall be prepared and issued for separate bidding and construction purposes.
1) Electrical Bid Documents (Infrastructure)
a) Back boxes and conduit stubs
b) Electrical provisions for power supplies, etc.
c) Conduit sleeves and conduits with pullwire
2) Communications Bid Documents (see also “Telephone/Data”)
a) Power Supplies
b) Main Trunk Cabling requirements
c) Amplifiers
d) Taps
e) Splitters
f) Equalizers
g) Couplers
h) Terminators
i) Drop Cabling requirements
j) Outlet Detail(s)
1
Revised: July 2009
2. Design Guidelines
a. All Broadband System equipment shall be located within MDF and IDF rooms.
b. Pathways:
1) Route Main Trunk cable to IDF rooms, as required, via floor sleeves (if riser) conduit or
cabletray.
2) Cabletray a) Broadband System cabling, taps etc. may be routed and secured along the outside of
the
cable tray not within the cabletray.
3) ¾” conduit, minimum, shall be routed from device back box and stubbed above nearest lay-in
ceiling. Provide 1” wall sleeves through full height walls to corridors for routing of cabling.
4) Cable may be routed via open architecture. “J-hooks” shall be provided every 5’-0” for support.
c. Cabling
1) Trunk Cabling
2) Drop Cables
a) Inbound
b) Outbound
d. Typical Devices and Equipment
1) Television Broadband Outlet (see detail in Reference Documents section.)
a) Patient Rooms
b) Non-Patient Rooms
2) ‘Lan’ Broadband Outlet (see detail in Reference Documents section.)
a) Telemedicine, Symposiums, etc.
3) Broadband Yoke (see detail in Reference Documents section.)
e. Typical Locations
1) Television Broadband Outlet
a) Patient rooms
b) Waiting areas
2) ‘Lan’ Broadband Outlet
a) Users shall identify the areas in which Telemedicine broadcasts or symposiums will take
place.
Needs shall be coordinated on a per job basis.
b) Examples: aa) Telemedicine may involve a two-way situation between a procedure room and
conference room. In each room a ‘Lan’ Broadband outlet would be located for outbound and
inbound inputs. Procedure room: Outbound camera to conference room; Inbound monitor to
viewer audience in conference room.
2
Revised: July 2009
Conference room: Outbound camera to procedure room monitor; Inbound camera/projector to
view procedure on screen. bb) Telemedicine may be a one-way situation between two rooms
with a direct fiber connection between them and no ‘Lan’ Broadband outlets. Room ‘A’:
Camera output to Room ‘B’. Room ‘B’: Receiver. A ‘Lan’ Broadband outlet may be used to
accept an outbound input from the receiver in order to broadcast to other locations. cc)
Symposiums consist of an Audio/Video department distributing prepared tapes over the
Broadband System via a TV/VCR. Rooms wanting to receive the broadcast will require a
‘Lan’ Broadband outlet to view via TV, projector, etc. Rooms distributing the broadcast will
also required a ‘Lan’ Broadband outlet to distribute the broadcast.
f. Furnish/Install:
1) Devices & Equipment – Furnished by Communications Contractor, Installed by Communications
Contractor
2) Cabling – Furnished by Communications Contractor, Installed by Communications Contractor
3) Backboxes & Pathways – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical Contractor
4) Final Terminations – By Communications Contractor
g. Backbox requirements:
1) Television Broadband Outlet (Patient Rooms) – 4”x4”x2-1/8” deep box w/double gang plaster
ring
2) Television Broadband Outlet (Non-Patient Rooms) – 4”x4”x2-1/8” deep box w/single gang
plaster
ring
3) ‘Lan’ Broadband Outlet – 4”x4”x2-1/8” deep box w/single gang plaster ring
3. General
a. Construction
1) Labeling
b. Verify type of HVAC return air system (plenum vs. non-plenum) with the Mechanical Engineer. Use
plenum or non-plenum rated cabling as appropriate. (Note: The use of plenum rated cable in nonplenum systems is not acceptable.)
c. See also Reference Document “Broadband Drop Installation Memo”.
3
Revised: July 2009
Fire Alarm
1. Design Process
a. Coordinate required space for Systems closet(s) with the Architect during schematic design. (Note:
Systems closet may also include Monitoring, Security and Nurse Call Equipment)
b. Indicate Fire Alarm System devices on floor plans per design guidelines (refer to 2 below) and Code
requirements.
c. For large projects, inform CCF Fire Safety Department Protection Coordinator of new project and
present
system layout for approval
2. Design Guidelines
a. Pathways
1) ¾” conduit, minimum, complete from device to control panel.
b. Cabling
c. Typical Devices and Equipment
1) Pull Stations
2) LCD Remote Annunciator Panels
3) Audio/Visual Devices
a) Speaker/Strobe
b) Synchronized
c) ADA compliant
4) Flow Switch Local Alarm Bell
5) Visual Devices
a) Sychronized
b) ADA compliant
6) Duct Smoke Detectors and Remote Test Stations
7) Magnetic Door Holding Devices
8) Heat Detectors
9) Smoke Detectors
4
Revised: July 2009
10) Fire Alarm Control Panel
11) Cabling
d. Typical Locations
1) Pull Stations a) Locate at all Nurse Stations, Reception Desks and per Code
2) LCD Remote Annunciator Panels
a) Locate at all Nurse Stations, Reception Desks, Main Building Entrances
b) In addition locate at least one per floor outside stairwells. (Base total quantity
on size of floor)
c) Avoid duplication. (i.e. -Single panel may serve both a Nurse Station and Stair.) d) Tone/sounder
shall be disabled
3) Audio/Visual Devices a) Locate per Code
4) Flow Switch Local Alarm Bell
a) Locate adjacent to sprinkler system flow valve at floor zones only, not at incoming line to building.
5) Visual Devices
a) Locate in all restrooms (including patient rooms), conference rooms & similar areas and per Code
6) Duct Smoke Detectors and Remote Test Stations
a) Locate as required by code to shutdown smoke
dampers and supply & return fans. Coordinate with Mechanical Engineer.
b) Smoke damper control is via pneumatic system and requires contact in detector base and 120v
critical emergency circuit for connection to electric pneumatic (EP) switch.
c) Mount test stations flush in ceiling nearest to associated duct smoke detector.
d) Custom label fire alarm smoke detector with fan reference and whether supply or return point.
Coordinate with CCF Facilities Engineering and CCF Fire Safety Department.
7) Magnetic Door Holding Devices
a) Provide for all Patient Rooms, Dirty Utility Rooms and per Code.
b) Smoke detectors for Patient and Dirty Utility rooms, shall control associated door only.
8) Heat Detectors
9) Smoke Detectors
a) Locate in all Electrical rooms, Communications rooms, Patient rooms, Dirty Utility rooms
and per Code.
10) Fire Alarm Control Panel
11) Cabling
5
Revised: July 2009
e. Furnish/Install
1) Devices & Equipment – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical
Contractor
2) Cabling – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical Contractor, Terminated
by Electrical Contractor
3) Backboxes & Conduit – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical
Contractor
4) Final Hook-up & Programming – By Electrical Contractor
f.
Fire Alarm Control Panel – Provide dedicated 120V, 20amp circuit on Life Safety emergency
power.
g. Audio Devices – Audio devices shall be Voice System based. Coordinate message template
with CCF Fire Safety Department.
h. Addressable vs. Hardwired Systems – All new devices shall be addressable. For small
renovation projects, if existing system is hardwired, the existing system may be extended if
approved by CCF. Replacement of existing hard wired systems, for renovation projects shall
be determined on a per job basis, based on the size of the project. Coordinate with CCF
Construction Management and CCF Fire Safety Department.
i.
Network – System shall be networked to CPU based campus system.
j.
Fire Pump – Fire pumps must be tied to equipment emergency generator power.
k. Fire Alarm System shall be interfaced with the Security System for release of all secure doors
under fire alarm condition.
l.
Codes:
1) Latest version of NFPA
2) Latest version of OBBC or local building code if other than Ohio.
3) ADA
3. General
a. All elevator recall control keys for fireman service shall be type WDO1. Coordinate with the Architect.
b. Construction
1) Installation of cabling, backboxes, conduits and devices shall be per System Manufacturer’s
drawings.
2) Contractor shall provide copy of as-built drawings within (30) thirty days of project completion
to CCF Fire Safety Department.
6
Revised: July 2009
3) Contractor shall provide background drawings on CAD to the Owner for input into the graphic
control center.
4) Labeling
c. See also Reference Documents “Fire Protection Design Standards” and “Cleveland Clinic
Foundation Fire Alarm Network System”.
Monitoring Systems (Patient)
1. Design Process
a. Coordinate required space for Systems closet(s) with the Architect during schematic design. (Note:
Systems closet may also include Fire Alarm, Security and Nurse Call Equipment)
b. Coordinate meeting with User Group(s) and CCF Department of Clinical Engineering to review floor
plans and discuss system needs.
c. CCF Department of Clinical Engineering shall provide information for tie into existing central
equipment or new central equipment requirements.
d. Indicate all monitoring system devices on the floor plans per design guidelines (refer to 2 below) and
CCF Department of Clinical Engineering requirements.
2. Design Guidelines
a. Typical Installation Locations (Note: The use of a monitoring system shall be verified on a per job basis
with the Users)
1) Intensive Care Units
2) Cardiology
3) Obstetrics
4) Anesthesia
b. Pathways
1) 1” conduit, minimum, shall be routed from device backbox and stubbed above nearest lay-in ceiling.
Provide 1” wall sleeves through full height walls to corridors, for routing of cabling.
1) Cable may routed via open architecture. “J-hooks” shall be provided every 5’-0” for support
c. Cabling
1) Backbone
a) Main Equipment to Systems Closet: (Verify type of fiber with CCF – ITD)
b) Systems Closet to Systems Closet: (Verify type of fiber with CCF – ITD)
c) Systems Closet to Remote Department: Verify the need for connection(s) to
7
Revised: July 2009
other departments’ monitoring system. Coordinate cabling requirements with CCF – Clinical
Engineering Department.
2) Premise (floor) cable
a) Outlet to Systems Closet: (1) category 6 4-pair copper
3) Premise (floor) cable - Proprietary Outlet
a) Outlet to Systems Closet: Verify requirements with Owner’s Monitoring System Vendor
4) Holter Lab Connection
a) Verify the need for connection to Holter Lab. Coordinate cabling requirements with CCF – Clinical
Engineering Department.
d. Typical Devices:
1) Monitor Outlets
a) Bedside (monitoring)
b) Nurse Stations (viewing)
c) Nurse Stations (recording)
2) Proprietary Monitor Outlets
a) Bedside (monitoring)
b) Nurse Stations (viewing)
c) Nurse Stations (recording)
3) Antenna System (Telemetry)
4) Central Equipment a) Rack (hub/switch/patch panels) b) File Server (System computer)
5) Cabling
e. Furnish/Install
1) Devices & Equipment – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical Contractor*
2) Cabling – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical Contractor
3) Backboxes & Conduit – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical Contractor
4) Final Hook-up and Programming – By Owner’s Monitoring System Vendor
* Exceptions
a) Antennas shall be furnished/installed/relocated/removed and connected by the Owner or the System
Vendor only.
b) The Central Equipment shall be furnished by the Owner’s Monitoring System Vendor and installed
by the same.
c) Proprietary monitor outlet devices and cabling, by the Owner’s Monitoring System Vendor, shall be
furnished by the Owner and installed by the Electrical Contractor.
8
Revised: July 2009
f. Backbox requirements
1) Monitor Outlets – 4”x4”x2-1/8” deep box w/single gang plaster ring
2) Proprietary Monitor Outlets – 4”x4”x2-1/8” deep box w/double gang plaster ring (Verify with
Owner’s Monitoring System Vendor)
3. General
a. Construction:
1) Labeling:
a) All outlet faceplates shall be provided with a label reading “FOR MONITOR ONLY”.
Labels shall be machine-printed with black lettering onto a clear adhesive backing. Labels
shall be a minimum ¼” high with minimum 14pt. font.
b) Tag ends of all cabling with “Brady Tags” identifying “System” and “room of origin”.
Security and Time & Attendance
1. Design Process
a. Coordinate required space for Systems closet(s) with the Architect during schematic design. (Note:
Systems closet may also include Fire Alarm, Monitoring and Nurse Call Equipment)
b. Provide floor plans, as soon as available, to CCF Protective Services Technical Operations Department
for review.
c. Coordinate meeting with User Group(s) and CCF Protective Services Technical Operations Department
Manager to discuss security needs and requirements and time clock locations.
1) To Consider
a) Security Office
d. Indicate all security system devices and time clocks on floor plans. Provide hard copy of floor plans,
including device locations and installation details, along with CAD files to CCF Protective Services
Technical Operations Department for final security system design by Owner’s Security System vendor.
e. Incorporate any changes or comments from Owner’s Security System Vendor’s final design drawings.
2. Design Guidelines
a. Pathways
1) ¾” conduit, minimum, shall be routed from device backbox and stubbed above nearest lay-in ceiling.
Provide 1” wall sleeves through full height walls to corridors, for routing of cabling.
2) Cable may be routed via open architecture. “J-hooks” shall be provided every 5’0” for support.
b. Cabling
1) As defined by Owner’s Security System Vendor’s drawings.
9
Revised: July 2009
c. Typical Devices and Equipment
1) Panic Alarms
2) Magnetic Locks
3) Card Readers
4) Push-to-exit Buttons
5) Intercom/camera unit (“Trigon”)
6) Door Contacts
7) Remote Data Panels (R.D.P.)
8) Reader Control Module (R.C.M.)
9) Exterior Security “Blue” Phones
a) Require power and telephone connection
b) Provide conduit complete to Telephone Terminal Board for telephone connection.
c) Provide dedicate 120V, 20amp circuit on critical emergency power.
d) Provide phone foundation per Owner’s System Supplier’s requirements.
10) Closed Circuit Television Cameras
11) Multiplexers and Power Units for closed circuit televisions
12) Motion Detectors
13) Alarm Outlets for emergency powered lab equipment
14) Time Clocks
15) Cabling
d. Typical Locations
1) Panic Alarms
a) Reception area
b) Information
c) Customer service
d) Public “greeting/receiving” areas
e) Pharmacy
f) Cash register locations
g) Financial Coordination Offices
h) Security Safe locations
2) Magnetic Locks
a) Card reader locations
10
Revised: July 2009
3) Card Readers (public side)
a) Staff entrances/exits
b) Restricted areas
c) MDF rooms
d) IDF rooms
e) Entrances to buildings requiring after hours access
f) In-house pharmacy
g) Pharmacy storage
4) Push-to-exit Buttons (secure side) a) Card Reader locations
5) Intercom/camera unit (“Trigon”) a) Secured doors requiring patient access
6) Door Contacts
a) All secured doors
b) Doors to be monitored
7) Remote Data Panels (R.D.P.) a) Systems Closet
8) Reader Card Module (R.C.M.)
a) Systems Closet
b) (1) per every (2) Card Readers
9) Exterior Security “Blue” Phones
10) Closed Circuit Television Cameras a) Pharmacy
11) Multiplexers and Power Units for closed circuit television
a) Systems Closet
12) Motion Detectors
a) Pharmacy
13) Alarm Outlets for emergency powered lab equipment
a) Emergency powered laboratory equipment
b) Pharmacy refrigerators and/or freezers
14) Time Clocks
a) Near staff lounges and lockers
e. Furnish/Install
1) Devices & Equipment – Furnished by Owner, Installed by Owner’s Security System Vendor
2) Cabling – Furnished by Owner, Installed by Electrical Contractor, Terminated by Owner’s Security
System Vendor
3) Backboxes & Conduit – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical Contractor (Surface
mounted Card Reader – Backbox furnished by Owner, installed by Owner’s Security System Vendor)
11
Revised: July 2009
4) Final Hook-up and Programming – By Owner’s Security System Vendor
f. Backbox requirements:
1) Panic Alarm – as specified by Vendor
2) Card reader – 4”x4”x2-1/8”deep box w/double gang plaster ring or 2-gang box flush mounted
3) Push-to-exit button – single gang 2-3/4”deep box w/single gang plaster ring (conduit must enter box
from top or side not back)
4) Alarm Outlet – 4”x4”x2-1/8”deep box w/single gang plaster ring
5) Time clock – 4”x4”x2-1/8”deep box w/double gang plaster ring or 2-gang box flush mounted
g. Junction boxes - Locate on secure side of door
h. Remote Data Panels - Provide dedicated, 120V, 20amp circuit on critical emergency power to each Remote
Data Panel. Normally Closed relay connection shall be provided from Fire Alarm System Control Panel to
each Remote Data Panel. Under Fire Alarm conditions, Remote Data Panels will release all secured doors.
i. Elevators - For card readers located in elevator cabs – The Elevator Supplier shall provide cut out within
cab and travel cable per Owner’s Security System Vendor’s requirements. Coordinate with the Architect
j. Pedestals- Coordinate devices requiring remount mounting due to mounting space restrictions (card readers
at curtainwall, etc.). Pedestals, where required, shall be designed by the Architect and provided by the
General Contractor. Coordinate with the Architect.
k. Fiber Connection
1) Verify connection required with CCF Protective Services Technical Operations Department
Manager. (Dial-up connections may be required)
2) Quantity (based on new building)
a) Security – 4 Fibers (ultimate destination Police Command Center – verify path with ITD)
b) Time & Attendance – 2 Fibers (ultimate destination QQb – verify path with ITD)
c) Closed Circuit Television – 6 Fibers (ultimate destination Police Command Center – verify
path with ITD)
3) Coordinate requirements with CCF Information Technology Division
3. General
a. CCF Protective Services Technical Operations Department shall provide budgetary estimate based on
meeting results (refer to 1.b above). Meeting shall be scheduled allowing adequate time to
accommodate budget estimate due dates. Estimate will include devices, cabling, final hook-up and
termination of devices. Estimate will not include installation of back-boxes, conduit, wiring and
12
Revised: July 2009
installation of magnetic locks, electric strikes and door contacts.
b. Allow (30) thirty days for return of Owner’s Security System Vendor’s final security system design
drawings. Coordinate with schedule to allow final security design drawings to be issued with
documents for bidding.
c. Construction
1) Installation of cabling, backboxes, conduits and devices shall be per Owner’s Security System
Vendor’s design drawings.
2) Owner’s System Vendor shall do final hookup, installation and termination of all devices except
magnetic locks, electric strikes and door contacts. The Contractor shall contact “Securtron” for
magnetic lock installation jig and/or template. Contact:
Bockert and Associates Inc.
John E. Bockert
18 Fort Monroe Industrial Parkway
Monroeville, OH 44847 Ph: 800-321-7550
419-465-4631 Fax: 419-465-4216
3) Contractors may purchase device samples from CCF Protective Services Technical Operations
Department.
4) Contractor shall provide copy of as-built drawings within (30) thirty days of project completion
to CCF Protective Services Technical Operations Department. (As-built drawings must be
received before final payment will be made.)
5) Labeling
d. Notify CCF Protective Services Technical Operations Department of all applicable changes
promptly.
e. See also Reference Document “Security Standards for Construction Projects”.
Telephone/Data
1. Design Process
a. Notify and review plans of project with CCF Information Technology Division (CCF – ITD).
Determine need for new and/or expanded MDF, IDF and Ameritech “Litespan” rooms. (Space
allocation for Ameritech “Litespan” equipment may be required for service to a building. This
equipment maybe located within an MDF room. Exact room size requirements shall be verified
with
CCF –ITD)
b. Coordinate required space for MDF, IDF and Ameritech “Litespan” rooms with the Architect
during schematic design.
c. As soon as reasonably complete floor plans with furniture layouts are available, coordinate a
13
Revised: July 2009
meeting with User Group(s) and CCF-ITD to discuss needs and requirements.
1) To consider
a) Multi-media applications (fiber at workstations)
d. Locate and indicate all telephone/data (and multi-media if applicable) outlet locations and
proposed
cable tray routing. Obtain written sign-off from CCF-ITD on MDF room, IDF rooms, cable tray
and conduit sleeve provisions.
e. Drawings:
1) For large renovations and new construction, two sets of drawings shall be prepared and issued
for separate bidding and construction purposes.
a) Electrical Bid Documents (Infrastructure)
aa. Back boxes and conduit stubs
bb. Cabletrays
cc. MDF and IDF room electrical requirements (power, conduits, back boards, etc.)
dd. Conduit sleeves and conduits with pullwire
ee. Conduit(s) for connection to Ameritech
manhole for service to building
ff. Conduit(s) for redundant (“back-up”) feed to building
gg. Demolition of Conduits and backboxes.
b) Communications Bid Documents (see also “Broadband”)
aa. Backbone cabling requirements
bb. Voice Interconnect cabling requirements
cc. Premise (floor) cabling requirements
dd. Faceplate detail(s)
ee. Connectors
ff. Innerduct
gg. Connector Housings
hh. Hardware
ii. Cable runways within MDF and IDF rooms
jj. Demolition of cabling, device, punchdown blocks, electronic equipment
2) For small renovations, one set of electrical drawings shall be prepared and issued including both
electrical and communications work. Communications work shall be bid separately and work
shall be performed by qualified communications contractor as approved by CCF ITD.
3) NOTES: A “Request For Proposal” (RFP) document will be distributed by CCF Construction
Management to all bidders as a supplement to the drawings. This document will contain site
specific information including list of materials, bid form, project schedule and ITD drawings.
Attachments will include “Technical Specifications” and general CCF “Terms and
Conditions”. All information included in this document shall be considered part of the scope
of work. Refer to Reference Documents for example.
14
Revised: July 2009
2. Design Guidelines
a. Communications Equipment Rooms:
1) All new construction and large renovation projects shall require the Communications Rooms
as described by the Room Specific Design Guidelines. New room requirements or expansion of
existing rooms, for small renovations, shall be decided with CCF – ITD and CCF – Office of
Construction Management (OCM) on a per job basis
2) Electrical provisions and layout of all outlets shall be approved by CCF – Information
Technology Division
b. Pathways:
1) Provide 1-1/2” corrugated riser rated innerduct between the MDF and each IDF equipment
rack and 1-1/2” corrugated innerduct from site MDF to remote MDF for routing of fiber optic
cables. Innerduct shall be routed via floor sleeves (if riser), conduit or cabletray.
2) Cabletray
a) All IDF rooms on a single floor shall be connected via cabletray
b) Size for less than 50% fill capacity on initial installation.
c) Use of cabletray for systems’ cabling other than telephone/data is not
acceptable. Exception: Broadband System cabling, taps etc. may be routed and secured along
the outside of the cable tray.
3) Provide pull boxes as required in order not to exceed a maximum 1800 of bends. Minimum pull
box size shall be 16”Wx16”Hx8”D.
4) 1-1/4” conduit, minimum, shall be routed from device back box and stubbed above nearest layin
ceiling. Provide 2” wall sleeves through full height walls to corridor, for access to cable tray.
“J-hooks” shall be provided every 5’-0” to support cable between conduit stub and nearest
cabletray.
c. Cabling:
1) Backbone – Fiber Optic Cable
a) site MDF to remote MDF: 24 strand multimode
b) MDF to each IDF: 12-strand multimode and 6-strand singlemode
2) Backbone – Voice Interconnect Cable a) MDF to each IDF: 200-pair copper
3) Premise (floor) Cable – Fiber Optic (multimedia outlets only) a) Outlet to IDF: 4-strand
multimode
4) Premise (floor) Cable – Data and Voice b) Outlet to IDF: (4) Category 6 4-pair copper (per four
jack outlet)
d. Typical Devices and Equipment:
1) Data and Voice Quad Faceplates (see detail in Reference Documents section.)
a) Four (4) modular jacks
15
Revised: July 2009
2) Multimedia Faceplates
a) Two (2) multimode duplex SC connectors
b) Four (4) modular jacks
3) Cabling
a) Fiber Optic – Singlemode and Multimode
b) Copper
4) SC type connectors
5) Closet Singlemode Connector housing with SC Coupler Panels
6) Closet Multimode Connector housing with SC Couplers and Coupler Panels
7) 110 Wiring Blocks and C-5 Clips
8) 110 Patch Panels
9) Relay Racks
10) Innerduct
e. Furnish/Install
1) Devices & Equipment – Furnished by Communications Contractor, Installed by
Communications Contractor
2) Cabling – Furnished by Communications Contractor, Installed by Communications
Contractor
3) Backboxes & Pathways – Furnished by Electrical Contractor, Installed by Electrical
Contractor
4) Final Termination – By Communications Contractor
f. Backbox requirements:
1) Data and Voice Quad Faceplate – 4:x a: x 2 – 1/8” deep box w/single gang plaster ring.
2) Multimedia Faceplate – 4”x 4: x 2 – 1/8” deep box w/double gang plaster ring
g. Elevator Telephones
1) Dedicated 110 writing blocks in elevator machine room connected via dedicated conduits
to dedicated 110 wiring blocks in communications equipment room.
16
Revised: July 2009
h. Special Systems
1) Verify and provide appropriate fiber connections for the following building systems
a) Energy Management System – Verify quantity of fibers required with the Mechanical
Engineer.
b) Security System
c) Fire Alarm System
3. General
a. Construction:
1) All equipment and cabling shall be labeled according to CCF – ITD requirements as described
in the General Statement of Work document.
a) Faceplates
b) 110 Wiring Blocks
c) Premise Cabling
d) Connector Housings
e) Equipment Racks
f) Voice Interconnect Cabling
g) Backbone Fiber Optic Cabling
2) Installation and testing of all equipment and cabling shall be per CCF – ITD requirements as
described in the General Statement of Work document.
3) As-built documentation, as described in the General Statement of Work document, shall be
provided within 15 days of completion of all acceptance testing.
b. Verify type of HVAC return air system (plenum vs. non-plenum) with the Mechanical Engineer.
Use plenum or non-plenum rated cabling as appropriate. (Note: The use of plenum rated cable in
non-plenum systems is not acceptable.)
c. See also Reference Document “General Installation Statement of Work for a Structured Cabling
System at the Cleveland Clinic Foundation” (G-SOW).
Electrical
1. Power
a. Unit Sub Stations
1) Double ended
2) Metering
3) Circuit breakers with Micro Versa Trip Units
17
Revised: July 2009
b. Wiring Devices
1) All outlets located above counter within 6’-0” of a sink shall be GFCI type.
(Kitchen receptacles shall be GFCI per NEC)
2) Receptacles located within the rooms, bathrooms, playrooms, activity rooms, and patient care
areas of pediatric wards shall be listed tamper resistant
a) Receptacles that we have found to be acceptable are: Hubbell, hospital grade, tamper
resistant, type HBL8300SG, and are available in several colors including red for emergency
receptacles.
3) The use of MC type cable is not acceptable.
(Hospital Grade AC cable shall be permitted when approved by CCF Office of
Construction
Management)
4) All distribution type disconnects shall be of the circuit breaker type. 5) All busway plug-in
connections shall face out and be accessible
c. All electrical distribution (panelboards, transformers, etc.) shall be located in electrical
closets/rooms. Panelboards located in walls on the floor is not acceptable.
2. Equipment
a. Meds Dispensing Unit (“Pyxis”/”Omni”) – Provide duplex receptacle on critical emergency power and
data/voice outlet.
b. Pneumatic Tube System – Provide electrical requirements as indicated by equipment supplier. All
equipment associated with the pneumatic tube system shall be served by critical emergency power.
c. Nurse Call
1) The existing nurse call system in an area to be renovated shall be matched and extended as
necessary unless otherwise indicated by the users and CCF – Office of Construction
Management.
2) Space provisions shall be made in “Systems Closet” for Nurse Call system control cabinet(s).
d. Elevators – If equipment emergency power is available, elevators shall be feed by emergency power in
order to allow one elevator to operate at one time.
3. Lighting
a. Incandescent lighting fixtures are not acceptable.
18
Revised: July 2009
4. General
a. Guarantee and Warranties – Request shall be made for guarantee against defects in workmanship and
materials; repair or replace any defective work, material or equipment within one year from date of
formal written acceptance by the Owner.
b. Equipment Identification
1) Refer to reference documents for Nameplate Detail
a) “Normal” power system – black letters on white background
b) “Critical Emergency” power system – white letters on red background
c) “Life Safety Emergency” power system – white letters on red background
d) “Equipment Emergency” power system – white letters on red background
e) “Standby Emergency” power system (dead bus under normal conditions) –
black letters on yellow background
f) “Fire Alarm” system – white letters on red background
g) “Communications” systems – red letters on black background
c. Test – Request shall be made for the following test
1) Insulation Resistance
2) Ground continuity
3) Short Circuits
4) Communications and signaling system (paging, fire alarm, etc.)
5) Demonstration of complete electrical system
d. Training – Request shall be made for instructions to be given to Owner’s maintenance personnel in
operation and maintenance of all electrical equipment controls.
e. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be prepared and provided to the Owner.
19
Revised – 2/24/06
ROOM SPECIFIC DESIGN GUIDELINES
CLEVELAND CLINIC FOUNDATION ROOM SPECIFIC DESIGN GUIDELINES
The information contained in the Room Specific Design Guidelines section is presented in
general terms as a list of options. These options can be used in different combinations to provide
a finished design, which satisfies the requirements of the project and the user.
The Design Team is to utilize the following sections of this manual in conjunction with the
Room Specific Design Guidelines for detailed standards information.
•
Appendix A -Building Product Selection / Manufacturer Listing Division 1 thru 16
•
Appendix B -Interior Finish Product and Manufacturer Listings
•
Appendix C -Interior Furniture Products, and Manufacturer Representative Listings
•
Cleveland Clinic Foundation Standard Millwork Details
Section 2
1
Revised – 2/24/06
BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT (B.M.T.) ROOMS:
Flooring:
See
Interior
for base
Details
Linoleum
withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
or
Sheet vinyl with 4-1/2" vinyl base
(flooring material dependent on chemicals or medicines used)
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 6" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board at the headwall.
20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on each
side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 4'-0" x 8'-0" x 1-3/4"
16 ga. stainless steel frame, welded construction
Hospital push-pull latch, 1500 series by Tirmco. Finish to be US 26 D
2 pairs of ball bearing (4-1/2" x 4-1/2" BB-1263 swing clear US-15 steel door
hinges).
Overhead door stop 906S, US-32D
Door gaskets, PS-074 Stainless steel door edge guards
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Patient Head Wall, custom wood veneer casework with laminate countertop at
Medical Headwall, including sliding doors to conceal Medical gases and
electrical.
Nurse charting area (outside the Patient Room)
Custom wood veneer casework with laminated countertop.
Casework includes Base Cabinet for C.P.U. storage and Overhead Cabinetry with
doors and slots for form storage.
Custom wood veneer Wardrobe Cabinet.
Accessories: Bed locator, cornerguards, door frame protectors, cubical curtains, sheers,
draperies and valance
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain.
Ceiling mounted I.V. track
Blood pressure cuffs
Sharps container
Battery operated wall clock
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
Section 2
Provide 16 inch x 19 inch ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wrist
blade handles.
2
Revised – 2/24/06
BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT (B.M.T.) ROOMS: (continued)
HVAC:
The room shall be designed for a positive pressure with respect to the surrounding
spaces. Return low near the entry door. Provide “HEPA” type filters in laminar
supply diffusers at the ceiling.
Each room shall be independently zoned from other areas and contain a space
adjustable thermostat with exposed adjustment. A ddc controller will control the
pneumatic terminal unit and the total air quantity shall be indicated at the central
FMS.
A room airflow monitoring device must be provided to serve each room and must
continuously indicate the desired room pressure relationship.
Ante rooms should be considered on a per project basis depending on the
importance of the room.
Equipment (such as control valves, terminal units, heating coils, etc.) must be
located to minimize maintenance within the space or adjacent spaces.
Electrical:
Section 2
General Lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers and matte white
overlays, Multi-level switching from bed location, 50% lighting on critical
emergency power
Task lighting (undercabinet, downlight) with local switch control on normal
power
Recessed wall mounted night lights on normal power controlled by switch at door
Patient Lighting:
Wall sconces (either side of bed) on normal power, Controlled via wall switch at
door and nurse call system pillow speaker
Power:
120V Duplex outlet on critical emergency power (minimum 4 at bed location)
120V Duplex outlet on normal power (minimum 4 at bed location)
(1) Outlet for powered bed on dedicated normal power circuit at bed location
(1) 120V Duplex outlet on normal power for television
120V Duplex outlet(s) on normal power for housekeeping
Communications:
Data/Voice outlet (1 at bed location)
Television Broadband outlet (television shall be controlled via nurse call system
pillow speaker)
Data outlet for “Web TV” (locate adjacent to television broadband outlet)
Monitor System outlet
Nurse Call system single patient station with pillow speaker
Nurse Call system locator receiver
Nurse Call system dome light (corridor side of door)
Nurse Call system bed interface unit
Fire Alarm system smoke detector and magnetic door holding devices
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
3
Revised – 2/24/06
CLEAN UTILITY ROOM:
Interiorwith
Finishes
for Details
Flooring: See
Linoleum
4-1/2" vinyl
base or
VCT with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex semi-gloss paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
L.C.H. door closer
Overhead door stop
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Custom plastic laminate millwork
36" high x 24" or 30" deep plastic laminate countertop with radius corners
36" wide x 24" or 30" deep sink base cabinets with doors
4 drawer base cabinets and 2 door base cabinets as required
32" high x 14" deep upper wall cabinets
Accessories: Door frame protectors and S.S. kickplates
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Marker board with tray
Plumbing:
Provide 16 inch x 19 inch ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wrist
blade handles.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate or Fixed Blade
Section 2
4
Revised – 2/24/06
CLEAN UTILITY ROOM:
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with prismatic acrylic lenses (100% lighting
on critical emergency power – Inpatient only) with local switch control
Undercabinet task lighting with local switch control
Power: 120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for convenience and
housekeeping; 120V duplex outlet(s) on critical emergency power for equipment
charging (if applicable); 120V duplex outlet for Meds Dispensing Unit
(“Pyxis”/”Omni”) – (if applicable)
Communications: Wall phone outlet
Data outlet for Meds Dispensing Unit (“Pyxis”/”Omni”) – (if applicable)
Nurse call duty station
Nurse call locator receiver
Intercom system master station – wall mounted (if applicable)
CONFERENCE ROOMS:
Flooring:
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinylfor
baseDetails
See
Interior
Finishes
Wood border with wood base in high profile conference rooms
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
Fabric wallcovering in high profile conference rooms
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
9'-0"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Section 2
Plastic laminate serving counter and base cabinet for storage
Custom wood veneer base cabinets with "marble" countertop at high profile areas
5
Revised – 2/24/06
Custom wood chair/presentation rail and wood base at high profile areas
Accessories: Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Manual overhead projector screen
Concealed, motorized with remote control, overhead project screen at high profile
areas
Wood veneer marker board cabinet at high profile areas. See furniture standard,
Appendix "C"
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Zoning: Each section of a subdivided conference room or classroom shall be
zoned independently with a dedicated thermostat located in each section.
Electrical:
General lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep parabolic louvers, multi-level light
switching and local switch control
Downlights with local dimming control
Cove lighting at high profile areas
Film viewers (verify if applicable)
Power:
Combination power and data/voice floorboxes/poke-through devices (if
applicable)
120V duplex outlets for lap top computers (perimeter of room)
120V duplex outlets on normal power for housekeeping
120V circuit and provisions for power operated projection screen
120Vduplex outlet for television (if applicable)
Provisions for telemedicine or symposiums (if applicable)
Provisions for Audio/Visual system (if applicable)
Communications:
Combination power and data/voice floorboxes/poke-through devices (if
applicable)
Data/voice outlets for lap top computer (perimeter of room)
Wall phone outlet
Fire alarm system visual device
Master clock system clock
Television/broadband outlet (if applicable)
Data outlet for “Web TV” (locate adjacent to television broadband outlet) – (if
applicable)
Provisions for telemedicine or symposiums (if applicable)
Provisions for Audio/visual system (if applicable)
Section 2
6
Revised – 2/24/06
CORRIDORS: PATIENT
Flooring:
Linoleum
with
4-1/2" vinyl
base
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8" – 2-1/4"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
Nurse charting area outside the patient room – see "Patient Rooms"
Nurse hand washing sink cabinet
Accessories: Crashrail/bumper/handrails and cornerguards
Semi-recess fire extinguisher cabinets
Pull-down writing desk
Plumbing:
Coordinate the requirement of a sink with the architect. Options are 12 inch x 12
inch ID stainless steel, 19 inch x 16 inch OD oval stainless steel, or 20 inch x 17
inch oval vitreous china; gooseneck faucet with wrist blade handles.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep parabolic louvers
Wall sconces; Cove lighting; Downlights
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting at nurse charting areas with local control
Lighting control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards; Small renovations – match existing (typically local control);
Small inter-departmental corridors – local switching control
Power: 120V duplex on normal power for housekeeping
Communications: Nurse call system dome lights and zone lights
Nurse call locator receivers
Fire alarm system audio/visual devices
Fire alarm system pull stations
Fire alarm system smoke detectors (Exception: Fully sprinklered building)
Monitoring antenna system – “Telemetry” (if applicable)
Provisions for Automated Charting (if applicable)
Paging system speakers (Hospital and/or departmental)
Master clock system clocks
Section 2
7
Revised – 2/24/06
CORRIDORS: PUBLIC
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Epoxy
terrazzo,
marble and
granite with precast terrazzo, and marble or granite
base
Linoleum with 4-1/2" integral base
Carpet with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6" to 10-'0"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
Custom wood veneer and glass
Display cabinets and display niches
Accessories: Crashrails/handrails (high and low)
Recess corner guards
Painted steel semi-recessed fire extinguisher cabinets
Electric water cooler
High impact wallcovering/wall protection system
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille
Plumbing:
Coordinate with the architect a requirement for an ADA accessible electric water
cooler.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 lay-in fluorescent light fixtures with 3" deep parabolic louvers
Cove lighting (recessed fluorescent fixtures)
Wall sconces
Accent lighting (if applicable): wall washers, track lighting
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting Control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards, Small renovations – match existing (typically local control);
Small inter-departmental corridors – local switching control
Power: 120V duplex outlets on normal power for housekeeping
Section 2
8
Revised – 2/24/06
Communications: Nurse call locator receivers
Fire alarm system audio/visual devices
Fire alarm system pull stations
Fire alarm system smoke detectors (Exception: Fully sprinklered building)
Paging system speakers (Hospital and/or departmental)
DINING AREAS:
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Linoleum with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: Concrete block or 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum
board on each side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to
be fully insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint, vinyl wallcovering and high impact wallcovering
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
10'-0"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 1 pair 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
3 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Overhead door stop
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Wood planter
Plastic laminate or wood veneer cabinets at Condiment Stands with plastic
laminate or solid surface material at countertops.
Plastic laminate or stainless steel counters at tray returns
Accessories: Cornerguards
Mini-blinds
Waste receptacles
Tray return carts
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Section 2
9
Revised – 2/24/06
Grilles: Eggrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3" deep parabolic louvers
Power: 120V duplex outlets for housekeeping; 120V duplex outlets on dedicated
circuits for vending machines, as required
Communications: Paging and/or sound system speakers
Fire alarm system audio/visual devices
ELECTRICAL CLOSET:
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCTInterior
and 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Type: Concrete block or 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum
board on both sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud
cavity to be fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud
bracing above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White".
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal doors or solid core wood veneer door,
3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Provide louvers in door, if required
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: N/A
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Provide continuous heating, cooling and ventilation from the central system.
Provide general exhaust where heat generating equipment is present.
Electrical:
Lighting: Industrial fixtures chain hung to 8’-6” above finished floor
100% lighting on critical emergency power
Section 2
10
Revised – 2/24/06
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet on critical emergency power at 48” above finished
floor near door
Provisions as required for system control cabinets
Communications: Fire alarm system smoke detector(s)
ELECTRICAL ROOM:
Flooring:
See
Interior
forsealer
Details
Concrete
with Finishes
hardener and
in Electrical Rooms
Walls:
Type: Concrete block or 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum
board on both sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud
cavity to be fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud
bracing above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
Exposed – to be painted
Underside of structure
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal doors or solid core wood veneer door,
3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Provide louvers in door, if required
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Fire extinguisher mounted on a board
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Provide heating, cooling and ventilation through a system dedicated for
electrical/mechanical rooms to maintain a temperature range of 65 degrees F to 80
degrees F. Do not utilize central air handling systems that serve other occupied
spaces. Provide a dedicated exhaust fan sized accordingly. Coordinate space
equipment heat gain with Electrical Engineer.
Electrical:
Concrete pads for floor mounted equipment
Lighting: Industrial fixtures chain hung to 8’-6” above finished floor
Section 2
11
Revised – 2/24/06
Main rooms – 45% lighting on critical emergency power and 10% lighting on life
safety emergency power (night lights)
Sub rooms – 100% lighting on critical emergency power
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet on critical emergency power at 48” above finished
floor near door
Main rooms - 120V duplex outlets on normal power at 48” above finished floor
for convenience and housekeeping
Communications: Main rooms - wall phone outlet
Fire alarm system smoke detector(s)
Main rooms – fire alarm system audio/visual device(s)
Elevator Design Criteria: General
Monitoring System: Latest version of Lift-Net Monitoring System, manufactured by Integrated
Display System.
Specific information can be obtained from www.Lift-net.com, (847) 4752475.
Electrical: Liftnet requires an additional 120V Duplex GFCI outlet on
dedicated emergency power.
Data: Data drop with fixed IP address located in elevator equipment
room.
Keys:
Special Emergency Service (Firefighter’s Service) keyswitches shall be
keyed for Adams WD01 key.
Mechanical floor lockout keyswitches and Car Operating Panel service
cabinets shall be keyed for H200 key.
Fixtures:
Hall Indicators: Digital Position Indicator and Direction Arrows at each
landing, CE Electronics GTCV-OS or equivalent.
Hall Button Fixtures: Otis M3 series or equivalent buttons with LED
illuminated halo. Engraved, paint filled ANSI Fire Signage shall be
incorporated into the hall button fixture faceplate.
Car: Otis M3 Series or equivalent buttons with LED illuminated halo.
Digital Car Position Indicators with direction arrows in each Car
Operating Panel.
Engraved, black paint filled elevator number/designation (as designated by
CCF) in each Car Operating Panel.
Integrally mounted (flush mount) ADA compliant emergency Hands-Free
telephone within main Car Operating Panel. (1 per car)
Engraving in each Car Operating Panel designating ‘Main Lobby’ and
where applicable ‘Skyway’. Engraving shall be black paint filled, adjacent
and to the right of corresponding button.
Section 2
12
Revised – 2/24/06
Lobby Panels: Where lobby panels are required, panel should include
digital position readout, direction arrows, Car to Lobby keyswitch (per
car), Car to Lobby illuminated jewel (per car). Engraving shall be black
paint filled and include elevator number/designation as determined by
CCF. If elevators are connected to Emergency Power, Lobby Panels
should also include Emergency Power selector strip behind locked door
and Emergency Power illuminated jewel (per group).
Door Protection:
Otis Lambda 3D or equivalent.
Priority Service:
Code Blue Priority Service for each elevator group. Priority Service
keyswitch in main Car Operating Panel and in the hall button fixture at
each floor. Note: If group has more than one (1) hall button riser, the Code
Blue keyswitch only needs to be provided in one of the hall risers.
Service Cabinet:
Service cabinet shall be provided in all secondary (auxiliary) Car
Operating Panels with lockable door and vision window to mount
certificate of operation. Cabinet shall include 110VAC GFCI outlet,
emergency light test button, and keyswitches for light, fan, inspection
service and independent service.
Elevoice:
In car voice synthesis annunciation announcing floor of arrival, direction
of travel, and other emergency and operational messages.
ELEVATOR CABS: PUBLIC
Interior
for Details
Flooring: See
Marble
and Finishes
granite
Marble base, granite base or stainless steel base
Walls:
Type: Manufactured pre-fabricated walls
Wood, plastic laminate with fire-rated core board and stainless steel trim
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Plastic laminate or wood veneer
Manufactured pre-fabricated ceiling panels. Stainless steel
7'-6" to 8'-0"
Door/Hardware: Manufactured pre-fabricated door and hardware
Stainless stain doors
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Handrails: Crashrail/handrail
Stainless steel or hardwood
Cove lighting with fluorescent strips
Section 2
13
Revised – 2/24/06
Downlights with halogen lamps and dimmer switch control
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Exhaust fan by elevator cab manufacturer.
Electrical:
N/A
Section 2
14
Revised – 2/24/06
ELEVATOR CABS: SERVICE
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Linoleum
with
plastic laminate,
linoleum or stainless steel base or
Rubber with plastic laminate, linoleum or stainless steel base
Walls:
Type: Manufactured pre-fabricated walls
Plastic laminated with fire-rated core board and stainless steel trim.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Plastic Laminate
Manufactured pre-fabricated ceiling panels. Stainless steel.
Determined by the building condition
Door/Hardware: Manufactured pre-fabricated door and hardware
Stainless steel doors
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Protection pads
Hooks for protection pads
Handrails: Crashrail/handrail
Stainless steel or hardwood
Cove lighting with fluorescent strips
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Exhaust fan by elevator cab manufacturer.
Electrical:
N/A
ELEVATOR LOBBY: PUBLIC
Flooring: See
Epoxy
terrazzo,
marblefor
andDetails
granite with precast terrazzo, marble or granite base
Interior
Finishes
Carpet with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Section 2
Marble, granite, wood, vinyl wallcovering and latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
15
Revised – 2/24/06
Ceiling Ht. =
10'-0"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
Wood Display Niches: with tempered glass and "Fabri-Trak" panels
Accessories: Free standing graphics
Waste receptacles
Semi-recessed painted steel or stainless steel fire extinguisher cabinets
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile area)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile area)
Electrical:
Lighting: Suspended pendent light fixtures (on main floor ONLY); Downlights;
Wall sconces; Cove lighting
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards; Small renovations – local control at secure location (staff
desk, etc.)
Power: 120V duplex outlet on normal power for housekeeping
Communications: Fire alarm system smoke detector (elevator recall)
Fire alarm system audio/visual device(s)
Paging system speaker(s)
ELEVATOR LOBBY: SERVICE
Flooring:
Walls:
Linoleum
withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
or
See
Interior
forbase
Details
Rubber with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
High impact wallcovering
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
10'-0"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Section 2
16
Revised – 2/24/06
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Crashrail/handrail
Recess corner guards
Semi-recessed painted steel fire extinguisher cabinets
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
General lighting: (match surrounding area) - 2x4 recessed light fixtures with
prismatic acrylic lens (utility space); 2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep
parabolic louver (public)
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting control: (match surround area) - New buildings & Large renovations –
programmable lighting control panelboards; Small renovations – local control at
secure location (staff desk, etc.)
Power: 120V duplex outlet on normal power for housekeeping
Communications: Fire alarm system smoke detector (elevator recall)
Fire alarm system audio/visual device(s)
Paging system speaker(s)
ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM:
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishesand
forsealer
Details
Concrete
with hardener
Walls:
Type: Concrete block
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
Exposed metal deck. To be painted
Underside of structure
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal doors, 3'-6" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall/floor bumper
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: N/A
Section 2
17
Revised – 2/24/06
Plumbing:
Fire Protection: Provide sidewall sprinkler heads where possible.
HVAC:
Provide heating and cooling from the central system to maintain a temperature
range between 60 degrees F and 85 degrees F. Supply air should be constant
volume with reheat.
A dedicated exhaust fan must be provided to service the room and run
continuously.
Diffuser: Double Deflection
Grille: Fixed Blade
Electrical:
Lighting: Industrial fixtures chain hung to 8’-6” above finished floor
100% lighting on critical emergency power
Power: (1) 120V duplex GFCI outlet on dedicated critical emergency power
circuit. ALSO reference Special Power Requirement under Elevator Design
Criteria.
Provisions as required for elevator
Communications: Communication provisions as required for elevator
Fire alarm system smoke detector
Fire alarm system heat detector
EXAM ROOMS:
Standard Square
Footage:
135Finishes
sq. ft.
See
Interior
for Details
Flooring:
Linoleum with 4-1/2" vinyl base or
Sheet vinyl with 4-1/2" vinyl base
(material dependent on chemicals or medicines used)
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White".
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4"
16 ga., cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted.
Mortise lockset, 8265 privacy function, US32D
LCN door closer
1-1/2" pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
Door gasketing
Section 2
18
Revised – 2/24/06
Overhead door stop
Casework:
36" high x 21" deep x 4'-0" long plastic laminate countertop with radius corners.
24" wide x 20" deep sink base cabinets with doors
16" wide x 20" deep, 4 drawer base cabinet
32" wide x 14" deep upper wall cabinets with doors and paper slots.
36" wide x 7'-2" high x 14" deep storage cabinet with 2 doors and 4 adjustable
Shelves
Systems furniture – writing desk
Accessories: Cubical curtains and mini-blinds
Double coat hooks at wall
18" wide x 48" high mirror with stainless steel frame
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain
Blood pressure cuff
Magazine racks
Sharps container
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Surface mounted chart-holder outside room door
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille outside room door
Plumbing:
Provide 12 inch x 12 inch ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and
wristblade handles. Provide a minimum of one oxygen outlet, one vacuum inlet,
and one slide bracket. Use quick-connect type devices.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
General lighting – In Patient:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers and matte white
overlays, multi-level switching, local lighting control and recessed wall mounted
night light, switch controlled
Undercabinet task lighting
General lighting – Out Patient:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers and matte white
overlays, multi-level switching, local lighting control and 100% lighting on
normal power
Undercabinet task lighting
Power:
(2) 120V duplex outlets on normal power (at head of bed, 1 each side)
(1) 120V duplex outlet on critical emergency power (all inpatient, all critical care
and as directed by the users)
(1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power at 42” above finished floor on staff side
of bed
(2) 120V duplex outlets on normal power for convenience and housekeeping
(1) 120V double duplex outlet on normal power for computer (if applicable)
Section 2
19
Revised – 2/24/06
Communications:
Data/voice outlet for computer (if applicable)
Nurse call – In Patient: room-to-room communications station, pillow speaker,
locator receiver, dome light (corridor side of door) and bed interface unit with
pillow speaker jack
Nurse call – Out Patient: single patient station, staff assist, locator receiver, dome
light (corridor side of door), bed interface unit and pillow speaker jack
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DIVISION (I.D.F.) ROOMS:
Standard Square Footage: 100 sq. ft.
Minimum one per every floor (one/10,000 sq. ft.)
Minimum floor space – 10’x10’
Flooring:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCT Interior
and 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Walls:
Type: Two hour wall construction
20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 2 layers of 5/8" Type-X gypsum board
on both sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity
to be fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud
bracing above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
Exposed structure
Paint Black
To underside of structure
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal door (90 min.) or solid core wood veneer door (90 min.),
3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick 16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame (90 min.).
Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer with a hold open device
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: N/A
Plumbing:
Section 2
No piping shall be routed through the room.
20
Revised – 2/24/06
Fire Protection: Consider using a drypipe sprinkler or FM200 system on a per
project basis. Coordinate the use with CCF ITD personnel and the CCF Fire
Protection Coordinator.
Where wet pipe sprinkler systems exist attempt to use sidewall sprinkler heads to
minimize piping within the room. If a wet pipe system is used and sprinkler
piping is present utilize troughs under piping to prevent water damage to
equipment in the event of a leak.
Provide wire cages over all sprinkler heads.
HVAC:
Room Conditions: 64 degrees F to 75 degrees F DB 30% to 55% RH
System must serve room requirements for heating, ventilating and air
conditioning continuously (24 hours per day). Provide dedicated zone control.
Maintain the space under a positive pressure with respect to surrounding areas
with a minimum of 1 air change per hour. Coordinate with CCF ITD Personnel
for room equipment loads on a per project basis.
The HVAC System serving the room should be connected to the equipment
emergency power system.
No piping shall be routed through the room.
Diffuser: Double Deflection
Grille: Fixed Blade
Electrical:
Location shall be centralized to minimize horizontal cable distances
IDF rooms shall be stacked in riser configuration throughout the building.
All walls shall be lined with 8’-0” high gray fire retardant painted plywood, for
equipment mounting, starting at 5” above finished floor
Lighting:
Industrial fixtures chain hung to 8’-6” above finished floor
100% lighting on critical emergency power
Minimum 50fc at 36”above finished floor
Power:
60Amp dedicated 208/120V, 3 phase, 4w, 30 pole critical emergency panel
located adjacent to door (each double duplex outlet in room shall be served by a
dedicated circuit from this panel, unless otherwise noted)
(3) double duplex outlets (1 per wall other than wallfield)
(3) double duplex outlets in corner on wall adjacent to wallfield (“shumway”)
Single Rack: (1) L50-30R Twist-lock receptacle for UPS, (1) double duplex outlet
on normal power, located adjacent to UPS receptacle
Multiple Racks: (1) L50-30R Twist-lock receptacle for each rack (alternating
critical emergency and normal power circuits between racks)
All outlets shall be mounted at 9” above finished floor, unless otherwise noted
Grounding: Insulated copper grounding conductor shall be provided between
each IDF room ground bar and to MDF ground bar (conductor size shall be
2kcmil x distance from farthest IDF to MDF). Ground bars shall be ¼”x4”x36”
mounted above ladder racks on one of four corners - not on wallfield (exact
location shall be verified with ITD)
Section 2
21
Revised – 2/24/06
Pathways: “Chatsworth” universal cable runway with “radius drop” accessories
as directed by ITD within room; Penetration to main corridor with cabletray ‘Tee”
fitting from cable runway; 4” sleeves between each IDF and associated MDF
room as required for telephone/data cable routing, also allowing for future growth
(Minimum of (2) 4” sleeves to each IDF room); 2” sleeves between floors in
communications rooms as required for broadband cable routing, also allowing for
future growth. (Minimum of (2) 2” sleeves between each IDF room)
Communications:
Data/voice outlet (located on wall adjacent to wallfield)
Fire alarm system smoke detector
Security system card reader
Security system push-to-exit button
Security system magnetic lock
Security system door contact
HVAC: System serving this room shall be fed from the equipment emergency
power system.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DIVISION (M.D.F.) ROOMS:
Standard Square Footage: 200 sq. ft.
Minimum one per building preferably located in the basement.
Minimum floor space – 10’x20’
Flooring:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCT Interior
and 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Walls:
Type: Two hour wall construction
20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 2 layers of 5/8" Type-X gypsum board
on both sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity
to be fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud
bracing above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
Exposed structure
Paint
To underside of structure
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal door (90 min.) or solid core wood veneer door (90 min.),
3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick 16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame (90 min.).
Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
Section 2
22
Revised – 2/24/06
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer with a hold open device
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: N/A
Plumbing:
No piping shall be routed through the room.
Fire Protection: Consider using a drypipe sprinkler system on a per project basis.
Where wet pipe sprinkler systems exist attempt to use sidewall sprinkler heads to
minimize piping within the room. If a wet pipe system is used and sprinkler
piping is present utilize troughs under piping to prevent water damage to
equipment in the event of a leak.
Provide wire cages over all sprinkler heads.
HVAC:
Room Conditions: 64 degrees F to 75 degrees F DB 30% to 55% RH
System must serve room requirements for heating, ventilating and air
conditioning continuously (24 hours per day). Provide dedicated zone control.
Maintain the space under a positive pressure with respect to surrounding areas
with a minimum of 1 air change per hour. Coordinate with CCF ITD Personnel
for room equipment loads on a per project basis.
The HVAC System serving the room should be connected to the equipment
emergency power system.
No piping shall be routed through the room.
Diffuser: Double Deflection
Grille: Fixed Blade
Electrical:
All walls shall be lined with 8’-0” high gray fire retardant painted plywood, for
equipment mounting, starting at 5” above finished floor.
Lighting:
Industrial fixtures chain hung to 8’-6” above finished floor
100% lighting on critical emergency power
Minimum 50fc at 36” above finished floor
Power:
100amp dedicated 208/120V, 3 phase, 4w, 30 pole critical emergency panel
located adjacent to door (each double duplex outlet in room shall be served by a
dedicated circuit from this panel, unless otherwise noted)
(6) double duplex outlets (2 per wall other than wallfield)
(1) L5-30R Twist-lock receptacles for UPS (1 per rack) – (alternating critical
emergency and normal power circuits between racks)
All outlets shall be mounted at 9” above finished floor, unless otherwise noted
Grounding: Insulated copper grounding conductor shall be provided from MDF
ground bar to main building ground and to IDF ground bar riser (conductor size
shall be 2kcmil x distance from farthest IDF to MDF).
Section 2
23
Revised – 2/24/06
Ground bars shall be ¼”x4”x36” mounted above ladder racks on one of four
corners - not on wallfield (exact location shall be verified with ITD)
Pathways: “Chatsworth” universal cable runway with “radius drop” accessories
as directed by ITD; Penetration to main corridor with cabletray ‘Tee” fitting from
cable runway; 4” sleeves between MDF to each associated IDF room as required
for telephone/data cable routing, also allowing for future growth (Minimum of (2)
4” sleeves to each IDF room); 2” sleeves between floors in communications
rooms as required for broadband cable routing, also allowing for future growth.
(Minimum of (2) 2” sleeves between each IDF room)
Communications:
Data/voice outlet (located on wall adjacent to wallfield)
Fire alarm system smoke detector(s)
Security system card reader
Security system push-to-exit button
Security system magnetic lock
Security system door contact
HVAC: System serving this room shall be fed from the equipment emergency
power system.
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT (I.C.U.):
Standard Square Footage: 140 sq. ft. (per bed)
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishes
forbase
Details
Linoleum
with
4" integral
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
8'-0" high, Aluminum and glass Telescoping partition
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Overhead door stop
Section 2
24
Revised – 2/24/06
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Aluminum and glass sliding doors, 8'-0" high. Overhead track and hardware
included
Casework:
32" sink base cabinet
15" x 15" x 7-1/2" deep stainless steel sink with an integral stainless steel 22"
deep countertop
32" wide x 14" deep plastic laminate wall cabinets
Accessories: Cornerguards, cubical curtains and mini-blinds
Power column with medical gases
Blood pressure cuff
Sharps container
Wire baskets for supplies
Television mounting bracket
Chart-holder outside the patient bed space
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain
Ceiling mounted I.V. track
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Plumbing:
12 inch x 12 inch ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wristblade
handles.
Bedside toilet units by Acorn
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
General Lighting - Perimeter:
2x4 recessed light fixture with prismatic acrylic lens and radio interference
suppresser, multi-level switching, 3-way control (head of bed and door)
100% lighting on critical emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting on isolated power
“X-ray In Use” light
Patient Lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixture with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers and matte white
overlays, multi-level switching, 3-way control (head of bed and door)
100% lighting on critical emergency power
Wall mounted above bed fixture with up/down light combination and controlled
via nurse call system pillow speaker on isolated power
Power:
Isolated power panel located in room
(12) 120V duplex receptacles at head of bed on isolated power
(1) 5-15R receptacle for powered bed on isolated power
(2) 120V duplex receptacles at foot of bed on isolated power
Section 2
25
Revised – 2/24/06
(1) Isolated power module at foot of bed with: (2) 125V Hubbellock #2300HG
receptacles
X-ray receptacle and GFI circuit breaker disconnect on critical emergency power
(1) 120V duplex receptacle on isolated power for television
(1) 120V duplex receptacle on isolated power
(1) 120V double duplex GFI receptacle on critical emergency power for computer
(1) 120V duplex GFI receptacle on isolated power for patient toilet/sink area
(1) 120V duplex GFI receptacle on normal power located near door for
housekeeping
All receptacles served via isolated power panel shall be red in color
Communications:
(2) Data/voice outlets (1 at computer location; 1 at bed location)
Data outlet for “Web TV”
Television broadband outlet (television shall be controlled via nurse call system
pillow speaker)
Nurse call system single patient station with pillow speaker
Nurse call system bed interface unit
Nurse call system dome light (corridor side of door)
Nurse call system locator receiver
Nurse call system equipment interface alarm
Nurse call system code blue
Nurse call system toilet “pull for help” station (if applicable)
Monitor system outlet
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
Device quantities and locations shall be verified with CCF
LABORATORIES:
Flooring:
SheetInterior
vinyl with
4" integral
See
Finishes
forbase
Details
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex semi-gloss paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core plastic laminate veneer door, 4'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Section 2
26
Revised – 2/24/06
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
Wireglass half-lite at each door
12" high x 46" wide stainless steel kick plate
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
Systems casework/prefinish steel
Chemsurf laminate and/or epoxy resin countertop with integral backsplash and
bullnose edges
Stainless steel, self-rimming and/or epoxy resin under mount sinks
Accessories: Surface mounted soap dispenser
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Glassware drying racks
Marker board/bulletin boards with trays
Battery operated wall clock
Horizontal mini blinds at windows
Laboratory coat rack
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Wall mounted fire extinguisher on a wood board
Gas cylinders steel rack with lock and chain security hold-downs
Plumbing:
Laboratory Gases – Air, Natural Gas, Carbon Dioxide
Laboratory Vacuum
Sink – Lavatory hot and cold water utilizing gooseneck spout, Purified water,
spray hose, all utilizing vacuum breaker
Emergency shower/eyewash
Verify requirements with space users. Additional requirements will exist.
HVAC:
Room Pressurization: Negative with respect to surrounding areas. Each lab
module will be provided with dedicated zone control. Provide a variable air
volume system that tracks supply, room exhaust and hood exhaust air quantities.
Electrical:
Lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep parabolic louvers, multi-level light
switching and 50% lighting on critical emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting
Power - bench:
(1) 120V double duplex outlet on normal power at all desks for computer
(1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power, 26” above finished at each knee space.
(shared knee spaces required double duplex)
2-circuit plugmold above every bench with alternating circuits
Power – equipment wall:
Section 2
27
Revised – 2/24/06
120V duplex outlet(s) on dedicated normal power circuit
120V duplex outlet(s) on dedicated critical emergency power circuit
208V, 30Amp outlet on dedicated normal power circuit
208V, 20Amp outlet on dedicated emergency power circuit
120V duplex outlet on dedicated emergency power circuit, dedicated neutral and
#10 wiring 120V duplex outlet on dedicated normal power circuit with dedicated
neutral and #10 wiring
Power – general:
120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for housekeeping
Communications:
Data/voice outlet at all desks for computer
Multi-media outlet above counter at wall benches
Wall phone outlet
Equipment alarm outlet(s)
LABOR, DELIVERY AND RECOVERY ROOMS (L.D.R.):
Standard Square Footage: 440 sq. ft. (with bathroom)
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
forbase
Details
Linoleum
withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 4'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Stainless steel door edge guards
Kick plate, 12" x 46" stainless steel
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
Section 2
Plastic laminate wardrobe cabinet
Hand washing sink and cabinets
28
Revised – 2/24/06
Accessories: Cornerguards, cubical curtains, sheers, draperies and valance
Ceiling mounted I.V. track
Blood pressure cuff
Sharps container
Battery operated wall clock
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Surface mounted chart-holder outside room door
Plumbing:
Provide a toilet room adjacent to the LDR room containing:
Flush valve toilet with bedpan washer and rim mounted at 17 inches above
finished floor
Lav.
Whirlpool type tub with shower
Provide in LDR room a stainless steel counter sink with gooseneck faucet, wrist
blade handles and hose spray
Provide a minimum of one oxygen and one air outlet, two vacuum inlets and two
slide brackets at adult patient bed. Provide one oxygen, one air, one vacuum and
one slide bracket at infant crib. All devices to be quick connect type.
HVAC:
Temperature: 65 degrees F to 80 degrees F drybulb.
Space Relative Humidity: 40% to 55%.
Air Change Rate: 15 AC/HR
Room Pressurization: Positive
Supply Air: 24 inch x 24 inch or 48 inch x 24 inch laminar flow HEPA
(99.97% efficiency) filtered ceiling supply diffusers.
Return Air: Ducted to central system with return grilles located 12 inches above
the finished floor. Minimum of two grilles per room located on opposite sides
along the perimeter of the room.
Each LDR room will be zoned separately of other areas and contain space
adjustable thermostat and humidistat with exposed adjustment.
Electrical:
General lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers
and matte white overlay, multi-level switching from door location and 100%
lighting on critical emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting with local switch control
Recessed wall mounted night light controlled by switch from door location
Patient lighting: Wall mounted above bed fixture with up/down light
combination and controlled via nurse call system pillow speaker
Power:(2) 120V duplex outlets on critical emergency power at bed location
(4) 120V duplex outlets on normal power at bed location
(2) 120V duplex outlets on critical emergency power at infant bassinet location
(3) 120V duplex outlets on normal power at infant bassinet location
(1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for television
Section 2
29
Revised – 2/24/06
120V duplex outlets for convenience and housekeeping
Communications:(2) data/voice outlets (1 at bed location; 1 at staff location)
Television broadband outlet (television shall be controlled via nurse call system
pillow speaker)
Data Outlet for “Web TV” (locate adjacent to television broadband outlet)
Monitor system outlet at bed location
Nurse call system “code pink” device at infant bassinet location
Nurse call system single patient station with pillow speaker
Nurse call system bed interface unit
Nurse call system dome light (corridor side of door)
Master clock system clock
Intercom master station – wall mounted
Fire alarm system smoke detector
Fire alarm system magnetic door hold open
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
LINEN CHUTE ROOM
Flooring:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCT Interior
and 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6'
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal doors or solid core wood veneer door,
3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Wall/floor stop by Rockwood
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: N/A
Section 2
30
Revised – 2/24/06
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Exhaust linen chute and main linen chute room to maintain a negative pressure
with respect to surrounding areas.
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with prismatic acrylic lens
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for housekeeping
Communications: Fire alarm system smoke detector
LOBBY: MAIN/RECEPTION AREAS:
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
Finishes
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinyl for
baseDetails
or custom wood base at Registration Desks
Marble and/or granite with marble or granite base at Information Desks
Type: Concrete block or 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum
board on each side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to
be fully insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Wood, latex eggshell paint, vinyl wallcovering
Wood and fabric wallcovering in high profile Reception Areas.
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
10'-0" to 11'-0"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
Wood planters
Reception desk/counter
Wood paneling along walls and columns
Wood display niches
Accessories: Waste receptacles
Wall clock tied to the Hospital Time System
Fully recessed or semi-recessed stainless Fire Extinguisher cabinet
Free standing and surface mounted Signage System provided by Owner
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Electrical:
General lighting: Suspended pendant fixtures, downlights, cove lighting, track
lighting wall washers
Section 2
31
Revised – 2/24/06
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards; Small renovations – local control at secure location (staff
desk, etc.)
Power: 120V duplex outlets on normal power for convenience (reception desk);
120V duplex outlets on normal power for housekeeping (lobby); 120V double
duplex outlet on normal power for computer (reception desk); 120V duplex outlet
on normal power for each fax machine, printer, etc. on dedicated circuit
(reception desk) – (if applicable)
LOBBY: MAIN/RECEPTION AREAS:
Communications:
Data/voice outlet for each computer, fax machine, printer, etc. reception
desk) – (if applicable)
Public pay phone outlets
Wall phone outlets
Paging system speakers
Fire alarm system audio/visual devices
Fire alarm system pull station (reception desk)
Security system panic alarm at reception desk
LOBBY: MAIN/WAITING AREAS
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
or wood base
Terrazzo/Stone border – New Projects:
Renovation Projects:
Type: Concrete block or 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum
board on each side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to
be fully insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Wood, latex eggshell paint, vinyl wallcovering
Wood and fabric wallcovering in high profile Waiting Areas
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
10-0" to 11'-0"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
Section 2
Full bed
Epoxy
Wood planters
Wood paneling along walls and columns
Wood display niches
32
Revised – 2/24/06
Accessories: Furniture, as noted in "Appendix B", Interior Design Guidelines
Waste receptacles
Free standing and surface mounted Signage System provided by Owner
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Electrical:
General lighting: Suspended pendant fixtures, downlights, cove lighting, track
lighting wall washers
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards; Small renovations – local control at secure location (staff
desk, etc.)
Power:120V duplex outlets on normal power for housekeeping
120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for television
Communications: Television broadband outlet(s)
Web TV outlet
Paging system speakers
Fire alarm system audio/visual devices
LOBBY: SECONDARY/RECEPTION AREAS
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishes
forwood
Details
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinyl or
base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on each
side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint, vinyl wallcovering
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
10'-0"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
Section 2
Wood planters
Reception desk/counter
Wood paneling along walls and columns
Wood display niches
33
Revised – 2/24/06
Accessories: Waste receptacles
Wall clock tied to the Hospital Time System
Fully recessed or semi-recessed stainless steel fire extinguisher cabinet
Free standing and surface mounted Signage System provided by Owner
Magazine racks
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Electrical:
General lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep parabolic louvers and
downlights
Undercabinet task lighting (reception desk)
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards; Small renovations – local control at secure location (staff
desk, etc.)
Power: 120V double duplex outlet on normal power for computer (reception desk)
120V duplex outlet for each fax machine, printer, etc. on dedicated normal power
circuit (reception desk) – (if applicable)
120V duplex outlets on normal power for convenience (reception desk)
120V duplex outlets on normal power for housekeeping (waiting area)
Communications: Data/voice outlet for each computer, fax machine, printer, etc.
(if applicable)
Public pay phone outlets
Web TV outlet
Paging system speakers
Fire alarm system audio/visual devices
Fire alarm system pull station (reception desk)
Security system panic alarm (reception desk)
LOBBY: SECONDARY/WAITING AREAS
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
or wood base
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on each
side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Section 2
Latex eggshell paint, vinyl wallcovering
Wood and fabric wallcovering in high profile waiting areas
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
34
Revised – 2/24/06
See
Interior
Finishes
Details
15/16"
wide exposed
tee,for
flush
grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
Ceiling Ht. =
10-0"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
Wood planters
Wood paneling along walls and columns
Wood display niches
Accessories: Furniture, as noted in "Appendix B", Interior Design Guidelines
Waste receptacles
Free standing and surface mounted Signage System provided by Owner
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Electrical:
General lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep parabolic louvers and
downlights
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards; Small renovations – local control at secure location (staff
desk, etc.)
Power: 120V duplex outlets on normal power for housekeeping
120V duplex outlet on normal power for television (if applicable)
Communications: Television broadband outlet (if applicable)
Paging system speakers
Fire alarm system audio/visual devices
LOCKER ROOMS:
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
VCT with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Ceramic tile (shower area)
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Section 2
Latex eggshell paint
Ceramic tile (shower area)
35
Revised – 2/24/06
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
See
Finishes
24" xInterior
24" x 5/8"
or 24' x for
48' Details
x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Pre-finish metal lockers, welded construction, 12" wide x 18" deep x 72" high on
a built-up wood base
Prefabricate wood benches
24" x 72" mirror with a stainless steel frame
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Ventilate to the outside.
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Fixed Blade or Eggcrate
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with prismatic acrylic lens
Wet location downlight for shower (if applicable)
Power: 120V duplex outlet on normal power for housekeeping
Communications: Fire alarm system visual only device
MAIN ENTRANCES: VESTIBULE
Flooring:
See
Interior
for Details
Epoxy
terrazzoFinishes
flooring with
precast terrazzo base
3M Recessed walk-off mat
Walls:
Type:
1/2" tempered glass partition
1" insulated glass and aluminum frame system
Finish:
N/A
Ceiling:
Section 2
5/8" Type-X, gypsum board
Paint
36
Revised – 2/24/06
Ceiling Ht. =
8'-0" to 10-'0"
Door/Hardware: Sliding doors – 1/2" tempered glass
Sliding doors – 3/4" insulated glass and aluminum frame
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Aluminum thresholds
Weather gaskets
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Linear bar
Grille: Linear bar
Main entry vestibules must be heated by fan coil units located above the ceiling
and ducted to diffusers and grilles. A thermostat dedicated to the space will
control the unit. Cooling the vestibule should be considered on a per project
basis.
Electrical:
Lighting: Downlights (typical)
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Lighting control: New buildings & Large renovations – programmable lighting
control panelboards; Small renovations – match existing (typically local control)
Power: 120V duplex outlet for housekeeping
Communications: Fire alarm system LCD annunciator panel
Security devices as required
MECHANICAL ROOMS:
Flooring:
See
Interior
forsealer
Details
Concrete
with Finishes
hardener and
Walls:
Type: Concrete block
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
Exposed
Underside of structure
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal door/double doors, pair 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted.
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 330 series – NZD/ ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
3 pairs of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door gasketing
Section 2
37
Revised – 2/24/06
Door wall bumper
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Fire extinguisher mounted on a board
Plumbing:
HVAC:
Provide outside air intake and exhaust ventilation when occupied or when
temperature control is required. Provide heating and cooling to maintain a
temperature range of 60 degrees F to 85 degrees F. Do not utilize central air
handling systems that serve other occupied spaces.
Electrical:
Lighting: Industrial fixtures chain hung to 8’-6” above finished floor
45% lighting on critical emergency power and 10% lighting on life safety
emergency power (night lights)
Power: 120V duplex outlets on normal power at 48” above finished floor for
convenience
(1) 120V duplex outlet on critical emergency power at 48” above finished floor
Power provisions as required for mechanical equipment
Communications: Wall phone outlet
Fire alarm system audio/visual device(s)
MEDICAL GAS STORAGE:
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCTInterior
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both
sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be
fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint and high impact wallcovering
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24' x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Section 2
38
Revised – 2/24/06
12" x 34" stainless steel kick plate
LCN door closer
Overhead door stop
Casework:
Accessories: Cornerguards
Cylinder rack storage system
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Provide a dedicated exhaust system that operates continuously. Maintain space
temperature between 68 degrees F and 75 degrees F.
Electrical:
Provide lighting and fire alarm system devices as required by code based on room
classification
NURSE STATIONS:
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
forbase
Details
Linoleum
withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White".
8'-2-1/4"
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
System Furniture or Custom Millwork
Sit down work surface and standing height transaction counter
Provide separate work areas for charting stations, dictation areas and nurse work
areas/patient monitoring systems.
Accessories: Cornerguards
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Section 2
39
Revised – 2/24/06
Plumbing:
Where applicable locate medical gas alarm panel and branch piping shut off
valves in the vicinity of main nurses station.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
General lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep parabolic louvers,
multi-level light switching, local lighting control, 50% lighting on critical
emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting with local switch control
Power: 120V double duplex outlet for each computer (minimum one on critical
emergency power)
120V duplex outlet for each fax machine, printer, etc. on dedicated normal power
circuit
120V duplex outlet(s) on critical emergency power for Central viewing monitors
(if applicable)
120V duplex outlets on normal power for convenience
Communications: Data/voice outlet for each computer, fax machine, printer, etc.
Monitor outlets for Central viewing monitors (if applicable)
Nurse call system master station – desk mounted
Nurse call locator receiver(s) – ceiling mounted
Intercom system master station – desk mounted
Fire alarm system pull station
Fire alarm system LCD annunciator
Master clock system clock
Paging speaker(s) with local wall mounted volume control
OFFICES: ADMINISTRATIVE
Standard Square
120
sq. ft. for Details
SeeFootage:
Interior
Finishes
Flooring:
Carpet with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24' x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
Section 2
40
Revised – 2/24/06
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Furniture – see Appendix C
Accessories: Blinds
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Marker/white boards
Bulletin boards
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with 3” deep parabolic louver
Multi-level light switching
Undercabinet task lighting
Power:(1) 120V double duplex outlet on normal power for computer
(1) 120V duplex outlet on dedicated normal power circuit for printer (if
applicable)
120V duplex outlets for convenience and housekeeping (1 per wall except printer
wall)
Communications: Data/voice outlet for computer
Data/voice outlet for printer (if applicable)
OFFICES: BOARD OF GOVERNORS
Standard Square
Footage:
300Finishes
sq. ft.
See
Interior
for Details
Flooring:
Carpet with wood base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Fabric wallcovering
24" x 24' x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
Section 2
41
Revised – 2/24/06
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Custom wood cabinetry
Wood furniture – see Appendix C
Custom wood base and wood trim
Accessories: Sheers and draperies
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Linear Bar
Grille: Linear Bar
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with 3” deep parabolic louver
Multi-level light switching
Undercabinet task lighting
Power: (1) 120V double duplex outlet on normal power for computer
(1) 120V duplex outlet on dedicated normal power circuit for printer
120V duplex outlets for convenience and housekeeping (1 per wall except printer
wall)
Communications: (2) Data/voice outlets (computer, printer)
OFFICES: GENERAL STAFF
Standard Square
Footage:
120Finishes
sq. ft.
See
Interior
for Details
Flooring:
Carpet with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24' x 5/8" or 24' x 48" x 5/8" thick, standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
Door gasketing
Section 2
42
Revised – 2/24/06
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Systems Furniture – see Appendix C
Accessories: Mini-blinds
Double coat hooks at wall or on back of door
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with 3” deep parabolic louver
Multi-level light switching
Undercabinet task lighting
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for furniture systems integral
task lighting (if applicable)
(1) 120V double duplex outlet on normal power for computer
120V duplex outlets for convenience and housekeeping (1 per wall)
Communications: Data/voice outlet for computer
OFFICES: OPEN OFFICE AREA
Flooring:
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Carpet
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24' x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick, standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" fine-line grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Section 2
43
Revised – 2/24/06
Casework:
Systems Furniture – see Appendix C
Accessories: Mini-blinds
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with 3” deep parabolic louver, Multi-level
switching
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting
Power: (1) double duplex on normal power for computer and (2) duplex outlets
on normal power for convenience at each desk
Provisions for powered furniture systems if applicable
(1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for furniture system integral task light
(if applicable)
120V duplex outlets for housekeeping
Communications: Data/voice outlet for computer
Fire alarm system audio/visual device(s)
OFFICES: PHYSICIAN
See
Interior
for Details
Standard Square
Footage:
140Finishes
sq. ft.
Flooring:
Carpet with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White
Ceiling Ht. = 8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
Section 2
44
Revised – 2/24/06
Door wall bumper
Door gasketing
Casework:
Furniture – See Appendix C
Plastic laminate wardrobe closet
Accessories: Mini-blinds
Double coat hooks at wall or on back of door
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with 3” deep parabolic louver
Multi-level light switching
Undercabinet task lighting
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for furniture system integral task
light (if applicable)
(1) 120V double duplex outlet on normal power for computer
(1) 120V duplex outlet on dedicated normal power circuit for printer (if
applicable)
120V duplex outlets for convenience and housekeeping (1 per wall except printer
wall)
Communications: Data/voice outlet for computer
Data/voice outlet for printer (if applicable)
OPERATING ROOMS:
Standard Square
Footage:
400 Finishes
to 500 sq. for
ft. (clear
space)
See
Interior
Details
Flooring:
Epoxy terrazzo flooring with precast terrazzo base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Field applied catalyzed epoxy paint by Tnemec
High impact wallcovering to 48" above floor
5/8" Type-X gypsum board ceiling
9'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 5'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4"
Section 2
45
Revised – 2/24/06
Stainless steel frames, 16 gauge cold-rolled steel, welded construction
Sliding door operating with controls
Casework:
Owner supplied recessed cabinetry
One folding wall mounted shelf
Accessories: N/A
Plumbing:
Provide oxygen, medical vacuum, medical air, nitrous oxide, anesthesia waste
evacuation and nitrogen in the quantity dictated by the space users but no less in
quantity than AIA Guidelines dictate. Provide separate medical gas and vacuum
shut-off valves for each OR; locate in the surgical corridor.
Verify all above information with the space users on a per project basis.
HVAC:
Temperature: 64 degrees F to 75 degrees F drybulb.
Space Relative Humidity: 45% to 55%.
Air Change Rate: 25 AC/HR with 5 AC/HR outside air (recirculation systems), 20
AC/HR for 100% outdoor air systems. Equipment loads may dictate a higher air
change rate.
Room Pressurization: Positive with respect to all adjacent areas.
Supply Air: 24 inch x 24 inch or 48 inch x 24 inch laminar flow HEPA (99.97%
efficiency) filtered ceiling supply diffusers located above the patient table.
Return Air: Ducted to central system with return grilles located 12 inches above
the finished floor. Minimum of two grilles per room located on opposite sides
along the perimeter of the room.
Each operating room will be zoned separately of all other areas and have a
temperature/humidity control panel with adjustable setpoints and LED display. A
ddc controller will control the pneumatic terminal unit and the total air quantity
shall be indicated at the central FMS.
Electrical:
Lighting:
2x2/2x4 recessed surgical fixture with low voltage lighting control (connected to
normal and critical emergency branch circuits via local relay cabinet)
Ceiling mounted surgical/procedure light with wall mounted variable lighting
controller.
Film viewer(s)
“X-ray In Use” light
Power:
Dedicated isolated power panel
(3) isolated power modules with: (3) 120V duplex receptacles (red in color) and
(4) 125V Hubbellock #2300hg receptacles
(2) isolated power modules with: (1) 120V duplex receptacles (red in color) and
(1) 125V Hubbellock #2300hg receptacles
(1) 120V duplex GFCI outlet for O.R. Computer and UPS unit to critical
emergency power
Provision for O.R. Sound system
X-ray receptacle and GFI circuit breaker disconnect on critical emergency power
(1) 120V GFCI outlet on normal power near door for housekeeping
Section 2
46
Revised – 2/24/06
All receptacles served via isolated power panel shall be red in color
Surgical Column: with (4) 120V duplex receptacles (red in color), (4) 125V
Hubbellock #2300hg receptacles and (2) data/voice outlets
Communications:
Main communications junction box located near door (all low voltage
communication conduits shall enter this box from corridor prior to going to device
within room)
Wall phone outlet
Data/voice outlet for computer
‘LAN’ broadband outlet
Master clock system clock
Digital elapsed time clock (if applicable)
Fire alarm system smoke detector
Nurse call system code blue
Nurse call system dome light (corridor side of door)
Tie into nurse call system code blue “light bar” system (if applicable)
Nurse call environmental services call button
Provisions for O.R. sound system
Notes: Verify surgical column manufacturer and necessary provisions with CCF
Device quantities and locations shall be verified with CCF
PATIENT ROOMS:
Flooring:
See
Interior
forbase
Details
Linoleum
withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 6" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board at the headwall.
20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on each
side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White".
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 4'-0" x 8'-0" x 1-3/4"
16 ga. stainless steel frame, welded construction
Hospital push-pull latch, 1500 series by Tirmco. Finish to be US 26 D
2 pairs of ball bearing (4-1/2" x 4-1/2" BB-1263 swing clear US-15 steel door
hinges).
Overhead door stop 906S, US-32D
Door gaskets, PS-074 Stainless steel door edge guards
Door wall bumper
Section 2
47
Revised – 2/24/06
Casework:
Patient Head Wall, custom wood veneer casework with laminate countertop at
Medical Headwall, including sliding doors to conceal Medical gases and
electrical.
Nurse charting area (outside the Patient Room)
Custom wood veneer casework with laminated countertop.
Casework includes Base Cabinet for C.P.U. storage and Overhead Cabinetry with
doors and slots for form storage.
Custom wood veneer Wardrobe Cabinet.
Accessories: Bed locator, cornerguards, door frame protectors, cubical curtains, sheers,
draperies and valance
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain.
Ceiling mounted I.V. track
Blood pressure cuffs
Sharps container
Battery operated wall clock
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
Medical Gases: (1) Oxygen, (1) Air, (2) Vacuum (2) slide brackets. Use quickconnect type outlets/inlets. Coordinate requirements on a per project basis.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Grille: Eggcrate (standard); Linear bar (high profile)
Where possible patient room shall be independently zoned with space adjustable
thermostats.
Electrical:
General lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers and matte white
overlays, multi-level switching from bed location and 50% lighting on critical
emergency power
2x4 recessed light fixture or downlights on normal power at entry hall
Task lighting (undercabinet, downlight) with local switch control on normal
power
Recessed wall mounted night lights on normal power controlled by switch at door
Cove lighting (head wall and foot wall)
Patient lighting:
Wall sconces (either side of bed) on normal power, Controlled via wall switch at
door and nurse call system pillow speaker
Power:
120V duplex outlets on critical emergency power (minimum 4 at bed location)
120V duplex outlets on normal power (minimum 4 at bed location)
120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for convenience and housekeeping
(1) Outlet for powered bed on dedicated normal power circuit at bed location
(1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for television
120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for housekeeping
Section 2
48
Revised – 2/24/06
Communications:
Data/voice outlet (1 at bed location)
Television broadband outlet (television shall be controlled via nurse call system
pillow speaker)
Data outlet for “Web TV” (locate adjacent to television broadband outlet)
Monitor system outlet
Nurse call system single patient station with pillow speaker
Nurse call system code blue (if applicable)
Nurse call system pillow speaker
Nurse call system locator receiver
Nurse call system dome light (corridor side of door)
Nurse call system bed interface unit
Fire alarm system smoke detector and magnetic door holding devices
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
PATIENT ROOM: TOILET ROOMS:
Flooring:
See
Finishes
Details
12" xInterior
12" Porcelain
floor for
tile and
porcelain tile base
2" x 2" Ceramic tile with Porcelain tile base at showers
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both
sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be
fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
12" x 12" Porcelain wall tile
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White".
Painted gypsum board soffit at shower and above vanity
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 8'-0" x 1-3/4"
16 ga. stainless steel frame, welded construction
Lever handles mortise lockset, privacy function by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to
be US 26 D
1 set double acting pivots, EP 5J, US 26D door hinges
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
Section 2
Solid-surface "Corian" countertop with integral sink and plastic laminate
shelving unit built into the wall adjacent to the vanity
49
Revised – 2/24/06
Accessories: Mirror above vanity and grab bars
Paper towel dispenser
Deck mounted soap dispenser
Vinyl coated grab bars at water closet and shower stalls
Plumbing:
Provide wall hung water closet with bed pan washer, lav with gooseneck faucet
and wrist blade handles and shower with built-up shower base by general
contractor and drain by pluming contractor. A floor drain is required outside of
all shower stalls. All fixtures will be ADA accessible.
HVAC:
Grille: Fixed Blade
Electrical:
Lighting: Wet location downlight for shower (if applicable)
Compact fluorescent down lights
Wall mounted up/down light fixture mounted above mirror
Local switch control
Recessed wall mounted night light controlled by motion sensor on normal power
Power: (1) 120V duplex GFCI outlet on normal power
Communications: Nurse call system toilet “pull for help” station
Fire alarm system visual only device
PATIENT SHOWER AREAS:
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
for Details
Ceramic
floor Finishes
tile with ceramic
tile base
Concrete filled, waterproof shower floor with ceramic tile finish or precast
terrazzo shower base
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" moisture resistant gypsum board on
both sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to
be fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Ceramic wall tile
5/8" moisture resistant gypsum board
8'-2-1/4"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Section 2
50
Revised – 2/24/06
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Shower curtain and/or door
Robe hooks on back of door
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Fold down shower seat
Stainless steel grab bars
Shampoo and soap dish
Towel bars
Shower rod and shower spray
Plumbing:
All Fixtures and accessories will be ADA accessible including shower stalls,
shower operator, hose spray and shower seat. Provide a floor drain outside of
shower stall.
HVAC:
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
Lighting: Wet location downlight
Communications: Nurse call system shower "pull for help" station
PHARMACY: INPATIENT
Flooring:
See Interior
for base
Details
Sheet
vinyl withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both
sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be
fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex semi-gloss paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48' x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
9'-0"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Section 2
51
Revised – 2/24/06
Casework:
Prefabricated storage system supplied by owner
Accessories: Battery operated wall clock
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Wall mounted fire extinguisher on a wood board
Plumbing:
Provide 16" x 19" ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wristblade
handles
Verify the requirement of purified water with the space user
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Verify the requirement of a hood with the end user
Electrical:
Lighting – Disp/prep (Office) Area:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 3” deep parabolic lenses, multi-level switching,
local light control and 50% lighting on critical emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting with local switch control
Lighting – Lab Area:
2x4/1x4 recessed light fixtures with prismatic acrylic lenses, multi-level
switching, local light control and 50% lighting on critical emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting with local switch control
Power – Disp/prep (Office) Area:
120V double duplex outlet for each computer (minimum one on critical
emergency power), 120V duplex outlet for each fax machine, printer, etc. on
dedicated normal power circuit
120V duplex outlets on normal power for convenience and housekeeping
120V duplex outlet for furniture system integral task light (if applicable)
Power – Lab Area:
120V duplex outlets on normal power for convenience and housekeeping
Provisions for laboratory hoods (normal or critical emergency power as directed
by users)
120V outlets on critical emergency power for refrigerators and freezers
Power provisions for pneumatic tube station (if applicable)
120V duplex outlet for furniture system integral task light (if applicable)
Communications:
Data/voice outlet for each computer, fax machine, printer, etc.
Wall phone outlet
Intercom master station – wall mounted
Paging system speakers with local volume control
Security system equipment alarm outlet(s)
Security system devices at doors
Security system cameras
Section 2
52
Revised – 2/24/06
PHARMACY: OUTPATIENT
Flooring:
CarpetInterior
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
(Patient area)
See
Finishes
for Details
Sheet vinyl with 4 1/2" vinyl base (Staff area)
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both
sides from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be
fully insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
9'-0"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
Prefabricated storage system supplied by owner
Accessories: Battery operated wall clock
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Wall mounted fire extinguisher on a wood board
Plumbing:
Provide 16" x 19" ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wristblade
handles
Verify the requirement of purified water with the space user.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Verify the required of a hood with the end user
Electrical:
Lighting – Public Area:
2x4 recessed light fixture with 3” deep parabolic louvers
Display lighting – track lighting
Section 2
53
Revised – 2/24/06
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Light control from staff area
Lighting – Staff Area:
2x2/2x4 recessed light fixtures with prismatic acrylic lenses
Undercabinet task lighting
Egress lighting (night lights and exit signs) on life safety emergency power
Local lighting control
Power:
120V double duplex outlet for each computer (minimum 1 on critical emergency
power)
120V duplex outlet on dedicated circuit for each cash register, fax machine,
printer, etc.
120V duplex outlets for convenience and housekeeping
120V duplex outlet(s) on critical emergency power for refrigerators/freezers
Communications:
Data/voice outlet for each computer, cash register, fax machine, printer, etc.
Wall phone outlet
Security system panic alarm at cash register location(s)
Security system equipment alarm outlet(s)
Security system devices at entrances to staff location (storage)
Security system cameras
Security system motion detectors
POST PARTUM ROOMS:
See
Interior
for Details
Standard Square
Footage:
300Finishes
sq. ft.
Flooring:
Linoleum with 4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 6" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board at the headwall.
20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on each
side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White".
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 4'-0" x 8'-0" x 1-3/4"
16 ga. stainless steel frame, welded construction
Hospital push-pull latch, 1500 series by Tirmco. Finish to be US 26 D
Section 2
54
Revised – 2/24/06
2 pairs of ball bearing (4-1/2" x 4-1/2" BB-1263 swing clear US-15 steel door
hinges).
Overhead door stop 906S, US-32D
Door gaskets, PS-074 Stainless steel door edge guards
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Patient Head Wall, custom wood veneer casework with laminate countertop at
Medical Headwall, including sliding doors to conceal Medical gases and
electrical.
Nurse charting area (outside the Patient Room)
Custom wood veneer casework with laminated countertop.
Casework includes Base Cabinet for C.P.U. storage and Overhead Cabinetry with
doors and slots for form storage.
Custom wood veneer Wardrobe Cabinet.
Accessories: Bed locator, cornerguards, door frame protectors, cubical curtains, sheers,
draperies and valance
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain.
Ceiling mounted I.V. track
Blood pressure cuffs
Sharps container
Battery operated wall clock
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
Provide one oxygen outlet, one vacuum inlet and one side brack. All devices to
be quick connect type
Provide 12" x 12" ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wristblade
handles
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Provide a space adjustable thermostat with exposed adjustment.
Electrical:
General lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers and matte white
overlays, multi-level switching from bed location and 50% lighting on critical
emergency power
2x4 recessed light fixture or downlights on normal power at entry hall
Task lighting (undercabinet, downlight) with local switch control on normal
power
Recessed wall mounted night lights on normal power controlled by switch at door
Cove lighting (head wall and foot wall)
Patient lighting:
Wall sconces (either side of bed) on normal power, Controlled via wall switch at
door and nurse call system pillow speaker
Section 2
55
Revised – 2/24/06
Power:
120V duplex outlets on critical emergency power (minimum 2 at bed location)
120V duplex outlets on normal power (minimum 4 at bed location)
120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for convenience and housekeeping
(1) Outlet for powered bed on dedicated normal power circuit at bed location (if
applicable)
(2) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for television
120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for housekeeping
Communications:
Data/voice outlet (1 at bed location)
Television broadband outlet (television shall be controlled via nurse call system
pillow speaker)
Data outlet for “Web TV” (locate adjacent to television broadband outlet)
Monitor system outlet
Nurse call system single patient station with pillow speaker
Nurse call system pillow speaker
Nurse call system locator receiver
Nurse call system dome light (corridor side of door)
Nurse call system bed interface unit
Fire alarm system smoke detector and magnetic door holding devices
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
PROCEDURE ROOMS: INVASIVE
Flooring:
See
Finishes
forbase
Details
SheetInterior
vinyl with
4" integral
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Field applied catalyzed epoxy paint by Tnemec
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White".
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4"
16 gauge cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Section 2
56
Revised – 2/24/06
Door silencers
Casework:
Custom plastic laminate millwork. Coordinate with end user.
Accessories: Cubical curtains and mini-blinds
Paper towel dispenser
Soap dispenser
Sharps container
Surface mounted chart-holder outside room door
Signage system with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Instrument racks/holders as required
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain
Plumbing:
Provide oxygen, medical vacuum, medical air, nitrous oxide, anesthesia waste
evacuation and nitrogen in the quantity dictated by the space users but no less in
quantity than AIA Guidelines dictate for operating rooms. Provide separate
medical gas and vacuum shut-off valves for each procedure room; locate in the
corridor.
Verify all above information with the space users on a per project basis.
HVAC:
Temperature: 64 degrees F to 75 degrees F drybulb.
Space Relative Humidity: 45% to 55%.
Air Change Rate: 25 AC/HR with 5 AC/HR outside air (recirculation systems) 20
AC/HR for 100% outdoor air systems. Equipment loads may dictate a higher air
change rate.
Room Pressurization: Positive with respect to all adjacent areas.
Supply Air: 24 inch x 24 inch or 48 inch x 24 inch laminar flow HEPA (99.97%
efficiency) filtered ceiling supply diffusers located above the patient table.
Return Air: Ducted to central system with return grilles located 12 inches above
the finished floor. Minimum of two grilles per room located on opposite sides
along the perimeter of the room.
Each room will be zoned separately of all other areas and have a space adjustable
thermostat and humidistat with exposed adjustment. A ddc controller will control
the pneumatic terminal unit and the total air quantity shall be indicated at the
central FMS.
Electrical:
See electrical requirements for Operating Room
PROCEDURE ROOMS: NON-INVASIVE
Flooring:
See
Finishes
forbase
Details
Sheet Interior
vinyl with
4" integral
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Section 2
57
Revised – 2/24/06
See
Interior
Finishes
for Details
Finish:
Field
applied catalyzed
epoxy paint by Tnemec
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White".
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4"
16 gauge cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
Custom plastic laminate millwork. Coordinate with end user.
Accessories: Cubical curtains and mini-blinds
Paper towel dispenser
Soap dispenser
Sharps container
Surface mounted chart-holder outside room door
Signage system with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Instrument racks/holders as required
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain
Plumbing:
Provide 16 inch X 19 inch ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wrist
blade handles.
HVAC:
Diffusers: Plaque Type
Grilles: Eggcrate
Provide space adjustable thermostat with exposed adjustment.
Electrical:
General lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers
and matte white overlays, multi-level switching and 100% lighting on critical
emergency power
Undercabinet task lighting
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet on dedicated critical emergency power circuit,
120V duplex outlets on normal power and (1) 120V double duplex outlet for
computer (if applicable)
Communications: Data/voice outlet for computer (if applicable)
Wall phone outlet
Intercom master station – wall mounted
Section 2
58
Revised – 2/24/06
Nurse call single patient station
Nurse call staff assist
Nurse call pillow speaker
Nurse call dome light (corridor side of door)
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
RADIOLOGY ROOMS (GENERAL):
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
forbase
Details
Linoleum
withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
Anti-static sheet vinyl with 4-1/2" vinyl base (if required)
Type: 18 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with lead-line on one side and 5/8" Type-X
gypsum board on each side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud
cavity to be fully insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud
bracing above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge edge panels,
"Cortega" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White".
Provide structural steel above the ceiling to support equipment.
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Lead-lined solid core wood veneer door, 4'-0" x 8'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. lead-lined cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction painted.
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Lockset to be modified with leadlined protection. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Overhead door stop
Door gasketing
Door wall bumper
Casework:
Plastic laminate sink base cabinet with stainless steel handwashing sink
Plastic laminate base cabinet with storage and one adjustable shelf
Plastic laminate base cabinet with doors to enclose a laundry hamper
Plastic laminate vertical storage cabinet, 36" wide, 84" high and 20" deep with 4
adjustable shelves and two doors
Accessories: Door frame protectors
All radiology equipment as required by owner
Ceiling mounted I.V. track or portable I.V. pole
Cubical curtain and track at technician's entry door for privacy
Wall mounted hooks for lead aprons
Section 2
59
Revised – 2/24/06
Foot stools
Code blue nurse-call rough-in
Plumbing:
Provide one oxygen, one suction and one slide bracket.
Provide temperature mixing valve where required and acid resistant floor drain
and trap. Verify requirement with equipment provider.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate
Provide equipment exhaust with blast gate, if required. Verify requirement with
equipment provider.
Electrical:
Lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with prismatic acrylic lens
Downlights controlled via dimmer
Film viewer(s) (if applicable)
Power:
Exact equipment requirements shall be verified on a per job basis with System
Vendor
120V duplex outlets for housekeeping
120V double duplex outlet for each computer (if applicable)
120V duplex outlet on dedicated circuit for printer (if applicable)
Communications:
Data/voice outlet for each computer, printer (if applicable)
Wall phone outlet
Nurse call system staff assist station
Nurse call system staff station
RAMPS:
PUBLIC
Flooring:
See
Interiorsheet
Finishes
for Details
Slip resistant
vinyl with
4-1/2" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: Concrete block or 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum
board on each side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to
be fully insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately
48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Section 2
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6" (min).
60
Revised – 2/24/06
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Handrail and crashrail Wall Protection System
Hardwood handrail and crashrail
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
N/A
Electrical:
N/A
RAMPS: RECEIVING
Flooring:
See
Interior
forsealer,
Details
Concrete
with Finishes
hardener and
6" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: Concrete block or 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" Type-X gypsum
board on each side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to
be fully insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing
above the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex semi-gloss paint and high impact wallcovering
All gypsum board walls to be protected with a "high-impact"
wallcovering
Exposed structure
N/A
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Crashrails (high and low)
Steel railing
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
N/A
Electrical:
N/A
Section 2
61
Revised – 2/24/06
RAMPS: SERVICE
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interiorsheet
Finishes
for Details
Slip resistant
vinyl with
4-1/2" vinyl base
Type: Concrete block or 3-5/8" metal studs with 5/8" type-x gypsum board on
each side, from floor to bottom of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with semi-rigid acoustical batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint and high impact wallcovering
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick, standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong.
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6" (min.)
Door/Hardware: N/A
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Handrail and crashrails Wall Protection System
Hardwood handrail and crashrail
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
N/A
Electrical:
N/A
SOILED UTILITY ROOM:
Flooring:
See
Finishes
forbase
Details
SheetInterior
vinyl with
4" integral
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Section 2
Latex semi-gloss paint and high impact wallcovering
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
5/8" gypsum board drop soffit above wall cabinets
62
Revised – 2/24/06
Ceiling Ht. =
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D.
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Overhead door stop
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
Custom plastic laminate millwork
Accessories: Door frame protectors and S.S. kickplates
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door.
Plumbing:
Provide 16 inch x 19 inch ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wrist
blade handles.
Provide clinic sink with accessories.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque Type
Grille: Eggcrate or Fixed Blade
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixtures with prismatic acrylic lenses (100% critical
emergency power for in-patient areas)
Local lighting control
Undercabinet task lighting with local switch control
Power: 120V duplex outlet(s) on normal power for convenience and
housekeeping
Communications: Wall phone outlet
Nurse call duty station
Nurse call locator receiver
Intercom system master station – wall mounted (if applicable)
Fire alarm system smoke detector and door hold open device
STAFF LOUNGE:
Flooring:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCT Interior
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Section 2
Latex eggshell paint
63
Revised – 2/24/06
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
See
Finishes
24" xInterior
24" x 5/8"
or 24" xfor
48"Details
x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
36" high x 25" deep plastic laminate countertop
36" wide x 24" deep plastic laminate sink base cabinet
30" wide x 24" deep plastic laminate 4-drawer base cabinet
30" wide x 24" deep plastic laminate 2-door storage base cabinet
32" high x 14" deep x 8'-0" long plastic laminate upper wall cabinet.
Accessories: Full size refrigerator
Lockers
Battery operated wall clock
Marker board/bulletin board with trays
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Plumbing:
Provide 16 inch x 19 inch ID stainless steel sink with kitchen type faucet and
lever handles.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Eggcrate
Provide dedicated zone control.
Provide exhaust in staff lounges with microwave ovens present. Keep the space
under a negative pressure with respect to surrounding areas.
Electrical:
General lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixtures with prismatic acrylic lens and local lighting control
Undercabinet task lighting
Power:
120V duplex outlet(s) for convenience and housekeeping
Outlets as required for appliances (refrigerator, microwave, coffee maker, etc.)
120V duplex outlet for television
Section 2
64
Revised – 2/24/06
Communications:
Television broadband outlet
Wall phone outlet
Nurse call duty station
Master clock system clock
Paging system speaker with local wall mounted volume control
STEPDOWN UNITS
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Interior
forbase
Details
Linoleum
withFinishes
4-1/2" vinyl
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
8'-0" high, Aluminum and glass Telescoping partition
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Overhead door stop
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Aluminum and glass sliding doors, 8'-0" high. Overhead track and hardware
included
Casework:
32" sink base cabinet
12" x 12" x 7-1/2" deep stainless steel sink with an integral stainless steel 22"
deep countertop
32" wide x 14" deep plastic laminate wall cabinets
Accessories: Cubical curtains, mini-blinds and cornerguards
Power column with medical gases
Blood pressure cuff
Sharps container
Wire baskets for supplies
Television mounting bracket (ceiling mount)
Section 2
65
Revised – 2/24/06
Ceiling mounted track with privacy curtain
Ceiling mounted I.V. track
Surface mounted paper towel dispenser
Surface mounted soap dispenser
Plumbing:
12 inch x 12 inch ID stainless steel sink with gooseneck faucet and wristblade
handles.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
General Lighting:
2x4 recessed light fixture with 1-1/2” deep, 105 cell louvers and matte white
overlays
Multi-level switched from head of bed
50% lighting on critical emergency power
Downlights around perimeter of bed controlled via (2) dimmers at visitor location
(1 dimmer foot of bed fixture(s); 1 dimmer visitor location fixture(s))
Recessed wall mounted night light fixture mounted near head of bed controlled
via switch near head of bed.
Patient Lighting:
Patient/Bed fixture at head of bed
Wall mounted or bedside/desk lamp type
Controlled via Nurse Call System pillow speaker
Power:
(1) 120V Double duplex outlet on normal power
(1) 120V Double duplex outlet on critical emergency power
(1) 120V Duplex outlet on critical emergency power
(1) 120V Duplex outlet on normal power
(1) 120V Duplex outlet on critical emergency power for monitor
(1) 120V Duplex outlet for television
(1) 125V Hubbellock #2300HG receptacles
Communications:
(2) Data/Voice outlets (1 at head of bed, 1 at visitors location)
Nurse Call System Single Patient Station with pillow speaker
Nurse Call System Bed Interface Unit
Nurse Call System Staff Assist Station
Nurse Call System Dome Light
Monitor System outlet
Television Broadband outlet (television shall be controlled via nurse call system
pillow speaker)
Data outlet for “Web TV”(locate adjacent to television broadband outlet)
Notes: Verify if manufactured headwall system is applicable with the architect
Section 2
66
Revised – 2/24/06
STORAGE ROOMS:
Flooring:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCT Interior
with 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Crashrails
Metal shelving/Storage System supplied by the Owner
High impact wallcovering
Plumbing:
N/A
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Eggcrate
Electrical:
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with prismatic acrylic lens and local lighting
control
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet for convenience and housekeeping
TOILET ROOMS: PUBLIC – HIGH PROFILE (1st FLOOR LOBBIES)
Flooring:
See
Finishes
Details
12" xInterior
12" Porcelain
floor for
tile with
6" high Porcelain tile base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
Section 2
67
Revised – 2/24/06
See Interior
Finishes
for Details
insulated
with acoustical
semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
12" x 12" Stone or Synthetic Stone wall tile and
Latex semi-gloss paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra" by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid or 9/16" fine-line (high profile) grid system.
Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Tubular pulls and push plate – finish to be US26D
Push plate automatic door opener by Stanley
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
12" x 34" stainless steel kickplate. Finish to be US26D
Casework:
Solid surface material countertops with undermount or integral bowl sink
Accessories: Full length mirrors with stainless steel frames
Surface mounted paper towel dispensers
Deck mounted soap dispensers
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Baby changing table, surface mounted/retractable
Sanitary napkin and tampon dispensers (Women's Toilet Rooms)
Painted metal or plastic laminated toilet partition system with surface mounted
toilet sent cover, toilet paper dispensers, sanitary napkin and tampon disposal and
purse shelf (Women's Toilet Rooms)
Stainless steel grab bars
Plumbing:
Provide wall hung autoflush water closet, wall hung or counter mounted lavatory
with auto faucet, and auto flush wall mounted urinals. Where multiple fixtures
exist provide a floor drain in room.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Fixed Blade
Electrical:
Lighting: Cove lighting with fluorescent strips at plumbing wall and above
lavatories
Compact fluorescent down lights
Occupancy sensor lighting control
Egress lighting (night lights) on life safety emergency power
Section 2
68
Revised – 2/24/06
Power: 120V duplex GFCI outlet for convenience
Communications: Fire alarm system visual only device
TOILET ROOMS: PUBLIC – LOW PROFILE
Flooring:
See
Finishes
VCT Interior
with 6" vinyl
base for Details
Sheet vinyl with 6" vinyl base
Walls:
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex semi-gloss paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick, beveled tegular edge panels, "Tundra"
by Armstrong
9/16" fine-line grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Tubular pulls and push plate – finish to be US26D
Push plate automatic door opener by Stanley
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
12" x 34" stainless steel kick plat. Finish to be US26D
Casework:
Solid surface material countertops with undermount or integral bowl sink
Accessories: Full length mirrors with stainless steel frames
Surface mounted paper towel dispensers
Deck mounted soap dispensers
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Sanitary napkin and tampon dispensers (Women's Toilet Rooms)
Surface mounted toilet sent cover, toilet paper dispensers, sanitary napkin and
tampon disposal (Women's Toilet Rooms)
Stainless steel grab bars
Plumbing:
Section 2
Provide wall hung water closet, wall hung or counter mounted lavatory with deck
faucet and lever handles, and auto flush wall mounted urinals. Where multiple
fixtures exist provide a floor drain in room.
69
Revised – 2/24/06
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Fixed Blade
Electrical:
Lighting: Cove lighting with fluorescent strips at plumbing wall and above
lavatories
Compact fluorescent down lights
Occupancy sensor lighting control
Egress lighting (night lights) on life safety emergency power
Power: 120V duplex GFCI outlet for convenience
Communications: Fire alarm system visual only device
TOILET ROOMS: STAFF
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Finishes
VCTInterior
with 6" vinyl
base for Details
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex semi-gloss paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16 " wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: Solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Door wall bumper
Door silencers
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: Grab bars in A.D.A. accessible toilet rooms
24" wide x 36" high mirrors with stainless steel frame
Surface mounted paper towel dispensers
Surface mounted soap dispensers
Signage System with A.D.A. Braille mounted outside room door
Section 2
70
Revised – 2/24/06
Plumbing:
Provide wall hung lavatory with gooseneck faucet and wristblade handles, wall
hung water closet. Where multiple fixtures exist provide a floor drain in room.
HVAC:
Diffuser: Plaque type
Grille: Fixed Blade
Electrical:
Lighting: General lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with prismatic acrylic lens
and/or wall mounted above mirror fixture with up/down light combination
Local switch control
Power: 120V duplex GFCI outlet for convenience
Communications: Fire alarm system visual only device
TRASH CHUTE ROOM
Flooring:
Walls:
See
Finishes
for Details
VCTInterior
and 4-1/2"
vinyl base
Type: 20 gauge, 3-5/8" metal stud with 5/8" Type-X gypsum board on both sides
from top of slab to underside of structure above. Stud cavity to be fully
insulated with acoustical semi-rigid batt insulation. Stud bracing above
the ceiling to be approximately 48" o.c.
Finish:
Ceiling:
Ceiling Ht. =
Latex eggshell paint
24" x 24" x 5/8" or 24" x 48" x 5/8" thick standard square edge panels, "Cortega"
by Armstrong
15/16" wide exposed tee, flush grid system. Color to be "Super White"
8'-6"
Door/Hardware: 16 ga. hollow metal doors or solid core wood veneer door, 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 13/4" thick
16 ga. cold rolled steel door frame. Welded construction, painted
Lever handles with cylinder or a mortised lockset, CL 3300 series – NZD/ML
2000 series – NSA by Corbin-Russwin. Finish to be US26D
1-1/2 pair of ball bearing steel door hinges
LCN door closer
Wall/floor stop by Rockwood
Casework:
N/A
Accessories: N/A
Plumbing:
Provide chute and room washdown system.
HVAC:
Exhaust linen chute and main linen chute room to maintain a negative pressure
with respect to surrounding areas.
Section 2
71
Revised – 2/24/06
Electrical:
Section 2
Lighting: 2x4 recessed light fixture with prismatic acrylic lens
Power: (1) 120V duplex outlet on normal power for convenience
Communications: Fire alarm system smoke detector
72
Revised 2/15/2007
APPENDIX “A”
Building Product Selection / Manufacturer Listings Division 1 – 16
DIVISION 1
Division 1 makes reference to administrative requirements, financial information, quality
requirements, regulatory requirements, testing service, construction equipment and etc.
These items are specific to each individual project and are not directly applicable in defining
"Design Standards".
DIVISION 2
Division 2 makes reference to excavation, site preparation, utility services, sanitary sewage, power and
communication, foundations, drainage, pavement, retaining walls, landscape and etc.
These items are specific to each individual project and are not directly applicable in defining
"Design Standards".
DIVISION 3
Division 3 makes reference to concrete, concrete reinforcement, cast-in-place concrete, concrete
finishes, precast concrete, post-tensioned concrete, grout and etc.
These items are specific to each individual project and are not directly applicable in defining
"Design Standards".
DIVISION 4
SECTION 04082
ACCESSORIES
MASONRY
ANCHORAGE,
REINFORCEMENT
AND
Masonry reinforcement shall be galvanized truss type or galvanized ladder type
The steel wire that is used for the reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A82 (tensile
strength).
Revised 2/15/2007
Masonry anchorage shall be galvanized Corrugated Straps, R-Type, Twist-Type, Wire Type and
Bar Type.
Zinc coating (galvanized) shall conform to ASTM C641, Class I (0.40 03./sq.Ft. of wire
surface).
Manufacturer: Dur-O-Wall, Inc., Heckmann Building Products, Inc. and Hohman and Barnard,
Inc.
SECTION 04200 MASONRY UNITS
Concrete block: 4”, 6”, 8” or 12” shall be Type 1, Grade N1. Concrete masonry units shall conform to the following:
ASTM C90 (Hollow Loadbearing Block) ASTM C145
(Solid Loadbearing Block) Manufacturer: Koltcz Concrete
Block Co., Akron Brick and Block, Inc. and Chas. Svec, Inc.
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05515 LADDERS AND RUNGS
Steel ladder and rungs shall be cold rolled carbon steel; all welded construction stringers to be
11 gauge, treads to be 13 gauge, landing and foot to be 11 gauge and handrails to be 14 gauge.
Conform to the following: ASTM 569 Finish to be hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A123
Manufacturer: Lapeyre Stairs, Inc., O’Keeffe’s Inc. and Precision Ladders, LLC
SECTION 05720 RAILING AND HANDRAILS
Components for railing assemblies, including handrails, panels, posts and balustrades.
Aluminum pipe railing, post and pickets are to be of 6063-T59 Aluminum Alloy, finish to be
anodized.
Conform to the following:
ASTM B209
ASTM B221
ASTM B429
Stainless steel shall be Type 304, 18-8 Charme-Nickel Alloy.
Conform to the following:
ASTM A269
ASTM A276
ASTM A312
Steel shall be hot rolled carbon steel C1010.
Revised 2/15/2007
Conform to the following:
ASTM A29
ASTM A500
ASTM A512
Manufacturer: Julius Blum and Co., Inc. J.G. Braun Company, Poma Corporation, TSM
Manufacturing, Inc. and R&B Wagner, Inc.
SECTION 05586 ARCHITECTURAL METALWORK Metal roofs, screens, column covers, fascia
covers, light coves and building panels. Cast-iron post, railings, handrails, guard rails, grilles,
custom doors and gates. Cast-aluminum post, railings, handrails, guard rails, pickets and grilles.
Steel sheet thickness: 24 ga., 22 ga., 20 ga., 18 ga., 16 ga. and 11 ga. Conform to the following:
ASTM A653 Aluminum sheet thickness: .032", .040", .050", .063", .080", .090", .125" and
.190". Conform to the following: ASTM B209 Stainless sheet thickness: 22 ga., 20ga., 18ga.,
16ga., 14ga., 12 ga. and 11 ga. Conform to the following: ASTM A167
Manufacturer: Copper Sales, Inc., ATAS International, Inc., Metalwëks, Rimex Metals and
Robinson Iron.
DIVISION 6 SECTION 06412 CABINET AND DRAWER HARDWARE
1
Pulls (wire) No.MC-402-4, Dull Chrome Finish Manufacturer: EPCO
2
Hinge (125) No.77M 5580, Nickel Finish Manufacturer: Julius Blum, Inc.
3
Slide (Full Extension) No.3832, Zinc Finish Slide (Flipper Door) No.115, Zinc Finish Slide
(Pocket Door) No.123, Zinc Finish Slide (Pencil) No.2006, Zinc Finish Slide (Files) No.4034, Zinc
Finish Manufacturer: Accuride
4
Door Bumper No.SJ5312, Clear Finish Manufacturer: Julius Blum, Inc.
5
Shelf Support No.340040, White Finish Manufacturer: Julius Blum, Inc.
6
Grommet No. EDP Black Finish Manufacturer: Doug Mockett & Company
7
Closet Rod No.770-1; Chrome Finish Flange (Closed) No.734; Chrome Finish Flange (Open)
No.735; Chrome Finish Rod Support No.1194; White Finish
Standards No.87-48"; Anochrome FinishBrackets No.187-12"; Anochrome FinishClips No.211;
Anochrome FinishStandards No.87-66"; Anochrome FinishSpring Loaded Hinge; No.346
Nickel FinishManufacturer: Knape & Vogt
SECTION 06424 LAMINATES
Plastic, wood or metallic veneers applied to a stable Fire Rated backing material. Backing
material shall be MDF board or 45 lb. Density particle board.
Plastic laminate thickness: .050" horizontal surfaces
.032" vertical surfaces
Revised 2/15/2007
Wood Veneer Thickness: .022" to .030" horizontal or vertical surfaces
Metallic Veneer Thickness: .039" horizontal or vertical surfaces
Conform to the following:ASTM E-84UL 723Class I/A = Flame spread < 25
Smoke < 450
Manufacturers: Plastics Laminate: Formica, Wilsonart and Nevamar
Wood Veneers: Weyerhaeuser, Eggers Industries and Indiana Architecture
Products
Metallic Veneer: Metal Moulding, Inc.
SECTION 06650 SOLID POLYMER FABRICATION
Toilet room countertops, shower bases and patient room countertops
A homogenous thermoset polymer compound, comprised of polyester and acrylic components
filled with aluminum trihydrate. All surfaces are nonporous.
Conform to the following:
ASTM D-638 (strength and elongation)
ASTM D-790 (flexural strength)
ASTM D-696 (thermal expansion)
ASTM E-84/class I and Class A (flammability)
Fire Data: Flame spread < 25Smoke <30
Manufacturers: Avonite, Dupont Co., Formica, Swan Corp., Transolid, Inc. and
Wilsonart
DIVISION 7 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION
1.
Thermal Batts are flexible, fiber glass insulation, made in R-values from 11 to 38. Batts are
available plain or faced in kraft or foil.
Thickness: 3 1/2" to 12"
Conform to the following:
2.
ASTM C518
ASTM E84
ASTM E96
Sound Attenuation Batts are lightweight, fiber glass insulation.
Thickness: 2 1/2" and 3 1/2"
Conform to the following:
ASTM C665/Type I
Revised 2/15/2007
ASTM E136
ASTM E84
3.
Rigid and Semi-rigid fiber glass board-like product, made in R-values from 4.3 to 17.4.
Available plain or FRK (foil-reinforced-kraft).
Thickness: 1" to 4"
Conform to the following:
ASTM C518
ASTM C423
ASTM E84
Manufacturer: Owens Corning, United States Gypsum and Certainteed
SECTION 07415 WALL PANELS
Laminated aluminum face panel with a various center core material
Core material can be Polystyrene, Polyisocyanurate, 1/8” tempered hardboard, 4mmcorrugated
HDPE, Phenolic Resin and a thermoplastic resin
Aluminum laminated exterior and interior skin thickness can be “.010”, .020”, .024”,.032”,
063” and .125”Panel thickness can be 2mm, 3mm, 4mm, 6mm up to 4” (max.)
Architectural stone panels cut to various thickness.Stone panel thickness can be 5/16”, 7/16”,
9/16” and 15/16”
Conform to the following: ASTM E283-91 (air leakage) ASTM E331-86 (water penetration)
ASTM E330-90 (structural performance)
Manufacturer: “Alpholic” by Mitsubishi Chemical, Alusuisse Composites, Inc., Citadel
Architectural Products, Stone Panels, Inc. and United Panel
SECTION 07510 ROOFING
Roofing shall be either built-up or modified-bitumen. General specifications, unrelated to the
specific materials shall remain the same for each process, ie quality assurance, pre-roofing conference,
related work, job conditions,etc. Single-ply roofing shall only be installed if approved by CCFFacilities Engineering, as an exception. Additional detailed specifications are as follows:
Built-up Roofing PART 1.00 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to
Revised 2/15/2007
complete the built-up roofing as shown on the drawings and specified herein, including but
not limited to, the following:
1
2
3
4
5
Built-up roof membrane.
Vapor barrier.
Roof insulation.
Bituminous flashing.
Accessories.
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Cast-in-place concrete - Section 03300
B. Metal decking - Section 05300
C. Wood blocking - Section 06200
D. Flashing and sheet metal - Section 07600
E.
Roof drains - Division 15
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain primary built-up roofing products, including roofing sheets
(felts), bitumen, composition flashings, and vapor barrier from a single manufacturer. Provide
secondary materials as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials.
B. Installer Qualifications: A firm with not less than ten (10) years of successful experience in
installation of roofing systems similar to those required for this project and which is acceptable to
or licensed by manufacturer of primary roofing materials.
1. Obtain written certification from manufacturer of roofing stating that installer is an
approved applicator of roofing system.
C. Pre-Roofing Conference: Prior to installation of roofing and associated work, meet at project
site, or other mutually agreed location, with Installer, roofing manufacturer, installers of
related work, Contractor and other entities concerned with roofing performance, including the
Architect and Owner. Record discussions and agreements and furnish copy to each participant.
Provide at least seventy-two (72) hours advance notice to participants prior to convening preroofing conference. Review methods and procedures related to roofing work, including but not
limited to the following:
1
Tour representative areas of roofing substrates (decks), inspect and discuss condition of
substrate, roof drains, curbs, penetrations and other preparatory work performed by other trades.
2
Review roofing system requirements (drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents.)
3
Review required submittals, both completed and yet to be completed.
4
Review and finalize construction schedule related to roofing work and verify availability of
materials, installer's personnel, equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
5
Review required inspection, testing, certifying and material usage accounting procedures.
6
Review weather and forecasted weather conditions, and procedures for coping with unfavorable
conditions, including possibility of temporary roofing (if not a mandatory requirement).
Revised 2/15/2007
D. UL Listing: Provide labeled materials which have been tested and listed by UL in"Building
materials Directory" for application indicated, with "Class A" ratedmaterials/system for roof
slopes shown.
1. Provide roof covering materials bearing Classification Marking (UL) on bundle, package
or container indicating that materials have been produced under UL's Classification and
follow-up Service.
E. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which are identical to those whose
fire performance characteristics, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a
part, have been determined by testing, per methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:
1
2
3
Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84.
Fire Resistance Rating: ASTM E 119.
Combustibility Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
F. FM Listing: Provide built-up roofing system and component materials which have been
evaluated by Factory Mutual System for fire spread, wind-uplift Class 90, and hail damage and
are listed in "Factory Mutual Approval Guide" for Class I construction.
1. Provide roof covering materials bearing FM approval marking on bundle, package or
container, indicating that material has been subjected to FM's examination and follow-up
inspection service.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and
recommendations for each type of roofing product required. Include data substantiating that
materials comply with requirements.
1. For asphalt bitumen, provide label on each container or certification with each load of bulk
bitumen, indicating flash point (FP), finished blowing temperature (FBT), softening point
(SP) and equiviscous temperature (EVT).
B. Pre-Roofing Conference: Submit copies of pre-roofing conference records.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Weather Condition Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and
forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations and warranty requirements.
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Store and handle roofing sheets in a manner which will ensure that there is no possibility of
significant moisture pick-up.
B. Store in a dry, well ventilated, weather-tight place. Unless protected from weather or other
moisture sources, do not leave unused felts on the roof overnight or when roofing work is not
in progress. Store rolls of felt and other sheet materials on end on pallets or other raised
Revised 2/15/2007
surface. Handle and store materials or equipment in a manner to avoid significant or
permanent deflection of deck.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. Special Project Warranty: Provide written warranty, signed by Manufacturer of primary roofing
materials and his authorized Installer, agreeing to replace/repair defective materials and
workmanship as required to maintain roofing system in watertight condition.
1
Warranty period for manufacturer is Twenty (20) years after date of Substantial Completion; no
dollar limit.
2
Warranty period for installer is Two (2) years after date of Substantial Completion; no dollar
limit.
PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ROOFING SYSTEM
A. Built-up roofing system shall be a four (4) ply, fiberglass felt, asphalt system, having an
aggregate finish equal to Johns Manville Spec. No. 4 GIG or GAF Spec No. 1-0-G or approved
equal.
B. Vapor Barrier: Three ply laminate consisting of two layers of high density polyethylene and a
high strength cord grid equal to "Griffolyn Type 65" manufactured by Reef Industries or
approved equal.
C. Primer: Asphalt cut-back primer, complying with ASTM D 41.
D. Bitumen: Roofing asphalt complying with ASTM D 312, type as recommended byroofing
manufacturer.
E. Felts: Four (4) plies of asphalt impregnated glass fiber mat, complying with ASTM D 2178,
Type IV.
F.
Aggregate Finish: Gravel conforming to ASTM D 1863.
2.02 ROOF INSULATION
A. Polyisocyanurate Board Roof Insulation: Rigid, flat and tapered (1/4" per foot), cellular thermal
insulation with polyisocyanurate closed-cell foam core and manufacturer's standard facing
laminated to both sides; complying with FS HH-I-1972/2, Class 1, aged R-values as designated
at mean temperatures indicated, after conditioning per RIC/TIMA Bulletin #281-1; and as
follows:
1
2
Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread of 25.
Thermal Resistivity: 14.4 at 75 deg. F. for two (2) inches thick insulation board.
B. Acceptable Product/Manufacturer: "Energy 2" as manufactured by N.R.G. Barriers Inc., or equal
made by Manville or GAF.
1.
Roof membrane manufacturer must approve insulation in writing.
Revised 2/15/2007
C. Cover insulation with 3/4" thick Perlite board equip to "Fesco" made by Manville or
approved equal.
2.03 BITUMINOUS BASE FLASHING
A. Provide bituminous base flashing system as determined by edge details and that isacceptable to
built-up roofing manufacturer.
2.04 CANT STRIPS
A. Provide cant strips formed of rigid insulation matching roof insulation or molded asphalt or coal
tar impregnated organic fiber insulation material, 45º cant, unless otherwise indicated.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Lead flashing sheet of 4 lb. Flashing lead for pipe flashing of common desilverized pig lead.
B. F.M. approved mechanical fasteners for attaching insulation to structural deck.
C. Walkway Pads: 32" x 32" x 3/8" thick preformed, skid resistant boards, consisting of
modified asphalt, reinforcements, and fillers with a ceramic granular surface on both sides
equip to "Dynatred Plus" by Johns Manville.
PART 3.00 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas and conditions where built-up roofing is to be installed for compliance with
requirements. Report conditions detrimental to built-up roofing work. Proceed after
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.
B. Clean substrate of dust, debris, and other substances detrimental to built-up roofing work.
Remove sharp projections.
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install built-up roofing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations andrequirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Substrate shall be clean, smooth and dry, free of projections which might puncture the felts.
C. Insure that all drains, curbs, blocking and roof penetrating components are in place before and
roofing work starts. See that all roof drains are set 1" below the normal finish roof level to insure
that additional flashing around the drains will not be built-up above the normal roof level and
prevent proper drainage.
D. Provide a visible thermometer and thermostatic controls on all kettles. Discard anybitumen not
heated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Provide a tarpaulin covering the wall below the bucket hoist to prevent staining of the wall
with spilled bitumen.
Revised 2/15/2007
F. Provide protection of coping, cant strips and other building components adjacent to the roof
deck unloading area.
G. Assure good adhesion between substrate and members when temperature drops below 40º F.
provide the following precautions:
1
2
3
4
5
No overheating of bitumen to compensate for rapid chilling is permitted.
Insulate buckets to carry hot bitumen.
Manual mopping no farther than 5 ft. in front of the felt rolls, and immediate unrolling of felts.
Immediate application of top pour and aggregate, before stored heat in the membrane dissipates.
Below 32º F., store felts in a warm enclosure or pre-heat felts before application
H. Install flashing, including counter flashing, as roof application progresses. If delay isunavoidable,
trowel the top of the flashing with flashing cement close to the joint toprevent water from entering
behind the flashing until the counter flashing is in place.
I. Start roofing application at far points of the deck and work toward area where base materials
are fastened to the roof deck (to minimize traffic over newly applied roofing).
J. Weigh down all membrane edges left incomplete before splicing with other sections of
membrane.
K. Provide enveloping of perimeter felts to prevent bitumen drippage.
L. Prohibit phased application in which saturated felts are left exposed overnight or longer before
top plies and topcoat are applied. Place aggregate surface on same day as felts.
M. Inspect roof drains for obstructions and debris after the roofing work is completed.
3.03 INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER
A. Fasten vapor barrier to deck. Tape punctures through membrane as recommended by
manufacturer.
B. Extend insulation and Perlite board full thickness over entire surface to be insulated. Cut and fit
tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation and mastic.
C. Apply a double layer of insulation of the required thickness, to make up the totalthickness.
Stagger joints between layers as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Set first layer of insulation using mechanical fasteners spaced 2'-0" both directions inaccordance
F.M. requirements. Apply second layer of insulation and Perlite board insteep asphalt.
E. Do not advance the laying of insulation ahead of roofing more than necessary for sequence of
operations. Cover insulation exposed at end of each day's work (and when rain threatens) with
waterproofing materials. Do not permit insulation to become wet. Remove and dispose of
insulation which has become wet; replace before proceeding with roofing work.
F.
Lay with edges in moderate contact but do not force into place.
G. Stagger end joints; or tape joints where recommended by the manufacturer.
Revised 2/15/2007
H. Install temporary water cut-offs at completion of each day's work and remove uponresumption of
work.
3.04 MODIFIED BITUMEN
A. Do not apply hot bitumen under any condition that would cause foaming. Test substrate for
excessive moisture by pouring one pit of steep asphalt at 400º F on the deck, at the start of each
day's work, and at the start of each roof area or place. Substrate is too wet if test sample foams or
can be easily (cleanly) stripped after cooling.
B. Bitumen Heating: Do not raise the temperature above the min. normal fluid-holding temperature
more than one hour prior to time of application. Discard bitumen which has been held at an
elevated temperature (as required for application) for a period exceeding 3 hrs. do not heat
bitumen above the temperature required to ensure that the application viscosity results in adequate
mopping weight and maximum adhesion to substrates. Determine the flash point of the bitumen,
either by information from the bitumen producer or by suitable tests, and determine the maximum
fire-safe handling temperature, and do not exceed that temperature in heating bitumen; but in no
case heat bitumen to t temperature higher than 25º F below the flash point.
C. Shingling of Plies: Lay plied bituminous membranes over insulation and Perlite board with
felts shingled uniformly to achieve the required four (4) plies in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
D. Prior to graveling, set walkway pads in hot asphalt around mechanical equipment and as shown
on drawings.
E. Aggregate surface as specified herein shall be applied at the rate of 400 lbs./sq. set in hot asphalt.
F. Set on Accessories: Where small roof accessories are set on built-up roofing membrane, set
metal flanges in a bed of roofing cement, and seal penetration of membrane with bead of roofing
cement to prevent flow of bitumen from membrane.
3.05 COMPOSITION FLASHING AND STRIPPING
A. Provide composition flashing at cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, and at roof
edges, and at penetrations through roof. Nail or provide other forms of mechanical anchorage of
composition flashing to vertical surfaces, as recommended by manufacturer of primary roofing
materials. Except where concealed by elastic flashing, apply a heavy coat of roofing cement
over composition flashing.
3.06 ROOF DRAINS
A. Fill clamping ring base with a heavy coating of roofing cement. Extend built-up roofing
membrane into clamping ring or, where not feasible, provide two (2) plies of reinforced flashing
mopped with Type III asphalt and extended into clamping ring.
B. Extend flashings onto built-up roofing six (6) inches and ten (10) inches, respectively. Before
placing clamping ring, set two (2) plys of glass fiber fabric in roofing cement and coat with
roofing cement. Extend each fabric into clamping ring, and for distances of fourteen (14) inches
and sixteen (16) inches, respectively.
3.07 CLEANING UP
Revised 2/15/2007
A. Take special care to prevent splashing bitumen onto adjacent surfaces and immediately
remove all traces of such splashed and/or spilled material.
MODIFIED - BITUMEN ROOFING
Scope:
1
Mechanically attach 2-layers of R-10 isocyanurate insulation (and saddles if required)
2
Mechanically fasten 1-ply of Soprema (or equal) soprafix base sheet and seal the seams.
3
Torch apply 1-ply of Soprema (or equal) granulated FR torch applied cap sheet.
4
Install a 2-ply modified flashing system.
5
20-year manufacture warranty.
6
2' x 2' x 2' concrete walkway pavers.
*Must verity if decks are flat or have structural slope. Need to review sheet metal
requirements.
SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING
Materials and products to prevent the spread of fire through openings in floors and walls. This
also occurs with other building components (H.V.A.C., Plumbing and Electrical) penetrating
through a fire wall or fire floor.
Firestopping material must meet and conform to the following:
ASTM E 814 UL-1479ASTM E 119 UL-723ASTM E 1966 UL-2079ASTM E 84
Manufacturer: SpecSeal/Firestop Products
Note: Please reference this section to the Fire Safety Standards, "Cleveland Clinic
Foundation/Fire Protection Design Standards."
SECTION 07915 SEALANTS, CAULKING AND SEALS
Tapes, gaskets, joint fillers and all other materials incorporated to make a watertight and an
airtight seals between materials.
All sealants to comply with ASTM C-719 and ASTM C-920
Manufacturer: Dow Corning, G.E. Silicones, Pecora Corp. and Tremco, Inc.
DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A.
Hollow Metal Doors
Exterior Doors: Face sheets shall be 14 ga. hot dipped zinc coated steel. Conform with ASTM
A525 A60.
Door cores to be completely filled with a rigid polyurethane core. Insulation value of R=10.
Interior Doors: Face sheets shall be 16 ga. cold rolled steel. Conform with ASTM A366 or 620.
Revised 2/15/2007
B.
Hollow Metal Frames Exterior Frames: Frame shall be 14
ga. hot dipped zinc coated steel. Weld all face
seams,
grind smooth and zinc prime. Conform with ASTM A525
A60. Interior Frames: Frame shall be 16 ga. hot dipped
zinc coasted steel. Weld all face
seams, grind smooth and prime. Conform with ASTM A 526 A60. Stainless
Steel Door Frames shall be 16 ga. and all welded construction. Lead-lined Metal Door Frames
shall be 16 ga. and welded construction. All Doors and Frames shall comply with current
National Fire Protection Standards,
NFPA-80.
All "Label" Doors and Frames shall bear a stamp or label from "Underwriters Laboratory."
Manufacturers: Ceco, Amweld and Republic
SECTION 08200 SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR
The solid core material to be used shall be a structural composite Lumber Core which is an
engineered hardwood composite, also referred to as LSL (Laminated Strand Lumber).
Thickness: 1 3/4"
Conform to the following:
NFPA-80 (fire doors)
UL 10B (neutral pressure) and UL 10C (positive pressure)
ASTM E90-90 (airborne sound)
Manufacturers: Eggers Industries, Weyerhaeuser and Buell Door Co.
SECTION 08310 METAL ACCESS DOORS
Drywall Access Doors:
16 ga. cold rolled steel frame and 14 ga. cold rolled steel door
Insulated Fire Rated Access Doors:
16 ga. steel frame; 1" wide20 ga. steel pan type door with 2" thick fire rated
insulationManufacturers: J.L. Industries, Inc., Larsen's Mfg. Co. and Milcor
SECTION 08460 AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS
Revised 2/15/2007
Automatic anodized aluminum sliding door system, shall be complete with operators and
sensors. Concealed prestressed torsion bars allows emergency breakout egress and then selfclose after breakout.
Door thickness: 1 3/4" (with 1" insulated tempered glass)
Automatic Entrance Door system shall comply with ANAI A156.10, U.L. and C.S.A. listed.
Manufacturers: Stanley "Magic-Door" or equal, only if evaluated and approved by Facilities
Engineering
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE
1. Butts and Hinges:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., McKinney Products Co. and Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley
Works
2. Pivots:
Manufacturers: Glynn-Johnson Corp., Hager Hinge Co., LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door
Hardware Group and Rixson-Firemark, Div. Yale Security, Inc.
3. Key Control System:
Manufacturers: Lund Equipment Co. and Telkee, Inc.
2
Cylinders and Locks:
CL3300
ML2000
Series
Series
–
-
N2D
NSA
Manufacturers: Corbin/Russwin Arch. Hardware
No Substitutions will be accepted.
5.
Bolts:
Manufacturers: Glynn-Johnson Corp., Hager Hinge Co., H.B. Ives, a Harrow Company, Burns
Manufacturing Co. and Rockwood Manufacturing Co.
6.
Push/Pull Mortise Lock Manufacturers: Glynn-Johnson Corp. and Trimco Privacy Sets
Manufacturers: Yale – AU5425LN (Special Modified)
Best – 93KOL15DS3
2
Exit/Panic Devices:
Manufacturers: Von Duprin, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group (99 Series),
Corbin/Russwin Arch. Hardware (5000 Series) and Yale Security, Inc. (7000
Series)
No Substitutions will be accepted
8.
Push/Pull Units:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., H.B. Ives, A Harrow Company, Rockwood Manufacturing Co.
and Burns Manufacturing Co.
2
Overhead Closers:
Manufacturers: LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group (4000 Series) and Norton Door
Controls (7500 Series)
Revised 2/15/2007
No Substitutions will be accepted
10
Smoke-Activated Closers:
Manufacturers: LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group and Norton Door Controls
No Substitutions will be accepted
11.
Door Control Devices:
Manufacturers: Glynn-Johnson Corp., Hager Hinge Co., H.B. Ives, A Harrow Company,
Rockwood Manufacturing Co. and Burns Manufacturing Co.
12.
Door Trim Units:
Manufacturers: Rockwood Manufacturing Co., Hager Hinge Co., H.B. Ives, A Harrow Company
and Burns Manufacturing Co.
13.
Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., Rockwood Manufacturing Co., H.B. Ives, A Harrow Company
and Burns Manufacturing Corp.
14.
Sliding Door Hardware Sets:
Manufacturers: Grant Hardware Co., L.E. Johnson Products, Inc. and Stanley Hardware, Div.
Stanley Works.
15.
Sliding Pocket Door Sets:
Manufacturers: Grant Hardware Co., L.E. Johnson Products, Inc. and Stanley Hardware, Div.
Stanley Works
16.
Bifold Door Hardware: Manufacturers: Grant Hardware Co., L.E. Johnson Products, Inc.
and Stanley Hardware,
Div. Stanley Works
17.
Door Stripping and Seals:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., National Manufacturing Co., Inc.
18.
Thresholds:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., National Manufacturing Co., Inc.
19.
Automatic Drop Seals:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., National Manufacturing Co., Inc.
20.
Sound Stripping:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., National Manufacturing Co., Inc.
2
Astragals:
Manufacturers: Hager Hinge Co., National Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Guard Products, Inc. and Pemko
Guard Products, Inc. and Pemko
Guard Products, Inc. and Pemko
Guard Products, Inc. and Pemko
Revised 2/15/2007
Guard Products, Inc. and Pemko
NOTE! Do not through out any old door hardward with the cylinders. All old door hardware should be
returned to Police/Security – U12. Old hardware is reused throughout the Foundation after
being re-keyed.
SECTION 08712 EXIT DEVICES
Exit devices are an essential part of a door opening or egress system.
Exit device shall be stainless steel.
Conform to the following:
ANSI A156.3/Grade 1
NFPA 101
NFPA 80
Manufacturers: Von Duprin, Corbin/Russwin, and Yale Security, Inc.
SECTION 08715 DOOR OPERATORS
Actuating devices that will allow doors to be automatically open and close, includes door closers.
Choice of controls, such as push plates, radio controlled push plates, and mats are available. A
variety of finishes, sizes, profiles and logo are also available. The switches may also be mounted
on a post or railing for maximum convenience and accessibility.
Conform to the following: ANSI A156.19, UL, BOCA and NFPA 101
Manufacturer: Stanley, Besam, Dorma Automatics and LCN/Ingersoll-Rand Company
SECTION 08810 GLASS
Tempered Glass is four to five times stronger than annealed glass of equal thickness. Higher
resistance to thermal stress.
Laminated Glass (Safety Glass) meets safety glazing requirements and tends to remain in place
when broken. Provides additional security and reduces UV transmission. Insulated Glass is
made up of two lights hermetically sealed providing insulation. Reduces condensation and
sound.
Size: Tempered Glass: 90"x 165" (maximum) Laminated Glass: 80"x 165" (maximum) Insulated
Glass: Varies
Thickness: 1/8" to 3/4" (tempered) 5/32" to 3" (laminated) Varies (insulated)
Conform to the following:
ASTM C1048 (tempered)ASTM C1172 (laminated)ASTM E774 (insulated)
Manufacturer: Pilkington Libbey-Ownes-Ford, North American Glass and PPG
Industries, Inc.
DIVISION 9 SECTION 09120 CEILING SUSPENSION/CEILING GRID
See Interior
Finishes
for Details
Ceiling Grid
and Suspension
System must be hot dipped galvanized for high humidity areas.
Suspension System to be galvanized for interior applications and controlled areas of
Revised 2/15/2007
humidification
by an
system.
See Interior
Finishes
forHVAC
Details
Size: 15/16" Ceiling Grid System; Color: Super White 9/16" Fineline Grid System; Color: Super
White
Conform to the following:
Class A; Flame spread < 25 ASTM E1264 ASTM E84 ASTM C635 (Performance under
maximum uniform load)
Manufacturers: Armstrong, Chicago Metallic Metallic Corp. and USG Interiors, Inc.
SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD, FRAMING AND ACCESSORIES
GypsumFinishes
Board: for Details
See Interior
5/8" Gypsum Board, Fire Shield/Type-X consist of a fire resistant gypsum core. Size: 4' –
0" wide and 8' – 0" to 16' – 0" in length. Conform to the following:
ASTEM C36 Metal Framing: 20
ga. (.0359) metal drywall studs are
fabricated in standard sizes and lengths
from corrosion resistant galvanized
steel. Size: (20 ga.) 1 5/8", 2 1/2", 3
5/8", 4" and 6" Conform to the
following: ASTM C-645 ASTM A-446
ASTM A-525
ASTM C-754
Manufacturers: Dietrich Industries, Inc., National Gypsum Co. and United States Gypsum
Co.
SECTION 09300 TILE
See
Details non-vitreous tile with a fused impervious facial finish. The
A. Interior
Glazed Finishes
Wall tile isfor
double-fired,
colored glaze is fired on a white body and pressed to 5/16" thickness. Material is suitable for
interior use only.
Size: 4 1/4"x 4 1/4"; 6"x 6" and 3"x 6"
Thickness: 5/16"
Conform to the following:
ASTM C373 (water absorption)
ASTM C650 (chemical resistance)
B.
Manufacturers: American Olean and Daltile Corp.
Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile is single-fired, impervious tile manufactured with porcelain
Revised 2/15/2007
raw materials
combined
with inorganic stains to provide a color-though body feature. This
See Interior
Finishes
for Details
material will resist weathering, staining and fading.
Size: 1" Hex, 1"x 1" and 2"x 2"
Thickness: 1/4"
Conform to the following:
ASTM C373 (water absorption)
ASTM C648 (breaking strength)
ASTM C650 (chemical resistance)
ASTM C482 (bond strength)
Manufacturers: American Olean and Daltile Corp.
C.
Porcelain Tile is composed of two basic raw materials from the feldspar group of minerals and the
clay mineral group of minerals and the clay mineral group. Feldspar is ground very fine and
mixed with Kaolin or clay and quartz. Heated to a high temperature (2200°F) and acts as a
cement to bind the materials together and becoming a porcelain product.
Size: 3"x 3", 6"x 6", 8"x 8", 12"x 12" and 16"x 16"
Thickness: 1/4", 5/16" and 3/8"
Conform to the following:
ASTM C373 (water absorption)
ASTM C648 (breaking strength)
ASTM C651 (abrasive wear)
Manufacturers: Crossville Ceramic Co.
SECTION 09510 ACOUSTIC CEILINGS PANELS
1.
"Cortega"
ceiling panel with a standard square edge. Panels are wet-formed
See Interior
Finishesacoustic
for Details
mineral fiber with a factory applied vinyl latex paint. Size: 24"x 24" x 5/8" thick or 24' x 48" x 5/8" thick
Conform to the following:Class A; Flame spread < 25
ASTM E1264
2
"Tundra" acoustic ceiling panel with a beveled tegular edge. Panels are wet-formed mineral fiber
with a factory applied vinyl latex paint. Size: 24"x 24"x 5/8" thick Conform to the following:
Class A; Flame spread < 25
ASTM E1264
Manufacturers: Armstrong
SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING
Revised 2/15/2007
A. Interior
Linoleum
Flooringfor Details
See
Finishes
Linoleum flooring made from renewable raw material for low environmental impact.Heat weld
all seams to prevent penetration of moisture and dirt.Thickness: 0.079 in (2.0 mm)
0.098 in. (2.5 mm)
0.126 in (3.2
mm)Conform to the following Fire
Test Data:ASTM E648 Critical
Radiant Flux – Class 1
ASTM E662 Smoke < 450
Manufacturer: Forbo Industries
Color: Gray Forbo shall not be used on CCF projects.
B. Vinyl Sheet Flooring
Vinyl sheet flooring is a homogenous durable solid vinyl construction, made to
resistindentations, cuts and gouges. Also the ultimate in wear and tear resistance. Heat weldall
seams to prevent penetration of moisture and dirt.Thickness: 0.080 in. (2.0 mm)
Conform to the following Fire Test Data:
ASTM E648 Critical Radiant Flux – Class 1
ASTM E662 Smoke < 450
CAN/ULC – S102.2 – M88 Flame Spread < 25
Manufacturer: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Mipolam and Tarkett, Inc.
C. V.C.T. (Vinyl Composition Tile)
Vinyl Composition Tile composed of organic binder, inorganic fillers and pigments. Organic
binder contains vinyl resins, plasticizers, additives and 10% or greater, recycled vinyl.
Size: 12"x 12"Thickness: 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)
Conform to the following:
Revised 2/15/2007
1066 SS-TSee Interior Finishes for Details
ASTM F312B
Fire Test Data:
ASTM E648
ASTM E84 ASTM
E-662
Composit
ion 1,
Class 2
Type IV,
Composition 1
Critical Radiant
Flux Flame Spread
< 25 Smoke < 450
c
.
,
Manufactu
r
e
r
:
A
r
m
s
t
r
o
n
g
W
o
r
l
d
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
e
s
,
I
n
M
a
n
n
i
n
g
M
i
l
l
s
,
I
n
c
.
a
n
d
T
a
r
k
e
t
t
,
I
n
c
.
Revised 2/15/2007
D. Vinyl or Rubber Base ("Tight Lock")
See Interior
for Details
Vinyl orFinishes
Rubber Wall
Base ("Tight Lock") shall be constructed of first-quality raw materials and
shall be smooth and free from any imperfections which would detract from it's appearance.
1.
"Tight Lock" carpet base is a wedge shape profile which allows it to be reused, so that carpet
replacements are quicker.
Size: 4 1/2" overall height (4 1/4" face)Conform to the following:
ASTM F-1861-98
2.
"Tight Lock" resilient floor base is a wedge shape profile with a coved lip.
Size: 4 3/8" overall height
Conform to the following:
ASTM F-1861-98
Manufacturer: Johnsonite
E.
Rubber Flooring
Rubber Flooring or large Rubber tile and natural rubber grades. These supplemented by raw
mineral materials extracted from natural deposits and by compatible colored pigments.
Areas where heat welding seams are recommended is when the flooring is installed in rooms with
continual and intensive wet cleaning for hygiene or other special requirements such as operating
rooms and laboratories.
Size: 48" wide (Roll Flooring)
19.68"x 19.68" (Square Tile)
24"x 24" (Square Tile)
24.2"x 24.2" (Square Tile)
24.6"x 24.6" (Square Tile)
39.37"x 39.37" (Square Tile)
Thickness: 5/64" (2.0mm); 7/64" (2.7mm); 1/8" (3.0mm);9/64' (3.5mm); 5/32" (4.0mm) and
13/64" (5.0mm)
Conform to the following:
ASTM D2240 (hardness)
ASTM E648/Class 1 (flammability)
ASTM D2047-85 (slip resistance)
ASTM E662 < 450 (smoke)
See Interior Finishes for Details
Manufacturers: Nora Rubber Flooring
Revised 2/15/2007
SECTION 09688 CARPET
See Interior Finishes for Details
The carpet face construction is composed of DuPont Antron Lumena solution dyed nylon;
100% type 6, 6 nylon.
The cushion backing is composed of a synthetic non-woven substrate, coated with sealant vinyl.
This mixture makes-up a closed-cell condensed vinyl cushion.
Size: 6' – 0" wide
Thickness: .252 or 1/4" +
Conform to the following:
ASTM D-418, Section 12
ASTM D-1667
Passes CPSC FF 1-70 (flammability)
ASTM D-2859
See Interior Finishes for Details
Manufacture: Collins and Aikman Floorcoverings
SECTION 09720 VINYL WALLCOVERING
See Interior
Finishes
for Details
Vinyl
Wallcovering
is composed of
antimony, barium and zinc compounds
(Polyvinylchloride). Size: 54" width
Thickness/Weight: Type I, Woven; .015" to
.020"/15 oz. Type II, Woven; .020" to
.025/21 oz.
Conform to the following:ASTM F793-90ASTM E84 (tunnel test)ASTM E603-77 (Early
Warning effect)
Manufacturers: Koroseal Wallcoverings
SECTION 09910 PAINT
See Interior
forPaints,
Details
ExteriorFinishes
and Interior
Stain and Varnish
Manufacturer: Sherwin-Williams Paints
INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
Area: OFFICES, COMMON CORRIDORS, PATIENT ROOMS, COMMON AREAS, RESEARCH AREAS/Drywall
Surface Prep: Drywall – Interior & Exterior S-W 8Prime Coat: Harmony® Interior Latex
PrimerFinish Coat: Harmony® Interior Latex Egg Shel (two coats)
Revised 2/15/2007
Area: ALL CEILING FOR ALL AREAS/Drywall
See Interior Finishes for Details
Surface Prep: Drywall – Interior & Exterior S-W 8Prime Coat: Harmony® Interior Latex
PrimerFinish Coat: Harmony® Interior Latex Flat (two coats)
Area: ALL DOORS & CASINGS – METAL / Shop Primed
Surface Prep: Solvent Cleaning S-W 13Prime Coat: Pro-Cryl® Universal PrimerFinish Coat:
Harmony® Interior Latex Semi-Gloss (two coats)
Area: ALL DOORS & CASINGS – WOOD
Surface Prep: Wood – Interior S-W 24Prime Coat: PrepRite® Classic Interior Latex
PrimerFinish Coat: Harmony® Interior Latex Semi Gloss (two coats)
Area: ALL BATHROOM WALLS – DRYWALL/Drywall
Surface Prep: Drywall – Interior & Exterior S-W 8Prime Coat: Harmony® Interior Latex
PrimerFinish Coat: Harmony® Interior Latex Semi Gloss (two coats)
Area: WOOD DOORS AND TRIM – STAIN
Surface Prep: Wood – Interior S-W 24Prime Coat: WoodClassics® Interior Oil StainSealer:
Sanding Sealer b26v43Finish Coat: INT SAT ALK VARN P&L 38 (two coats)
Area: OPERATING ROOMS, LAB AREAS / Drywall
Surface Prep: Drywall – Interior & Exterior S-W 8 Prime Coat: PrepRite® Classic Interior
Latex Primer Finish Coat: Sher-Cryl HPA High Performance Acrylic Gloss (two coats)
EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
Type of paint will depend on surface, temperature and other conditions. All exterior painting
products must be Sherwin-Williams paints and will be evaluated by Facilities Engineering for
approval.
All painting subcontractors are to open a CCF Job Account and identify the project name, number and
location when ordering paint & supplies on any CCF project. Sherwin-Williams will track and record
this paint product and color data to meet the needs of CCF’s Asset Management System.
Note: Any special areas or conditions requiring other types of products must be evaluated by Facilities
Engineering for approval.
DIVISION 10
SECTION 10110 CHALKBOARDS, TACKBOARDS AND MARKER BOARD
Chalk and marker writing surface and mounting surfaces of various materials. The various
surfaces including a framing system and accessories. Manual and motor operated units are
optional.
Porcelain enamel steel chalkboards and Marker Boards:
Revised 2/15/2007
Writing Surfaces:Porcelain on 2 ga. steelPorcelain on 24 ga. steelPorcelain on 28 ga. steel
Substrate Material:7/16" particle board7/16" industrial board1/4" tempered hard board
Vapor Barriers:.015" aluminum sheet.005" aluminum sheet.001" aluminum foil
Tack Board:
Plas-Cork:
1/8" thickness (cork only)
1/4" thickness (cork only)
1/8" on 3/8" fiberboard
1/4" on 1/4" hard board
Natural Cork: 1/4" thickness (cork only)
1/8" on 3/8" fiberboard
1/4" on 1/4" hard board
Burlap Fabric: 1/2" Fiberboard
7/32" cork to 1/4" fiberboard
Manufacturer: ADP Lemco, Inc., Bretford Manufacturing, Inc., Egan Visual, Inc., Nucraft
Furniture Company and Peter Pepper Products, Inc.
SECTION 10155 TOILET PARTITIONS
Metal Partitions:1” thick, 20 gauge metal panels1” thick, 22 gauge metal doors1-1/4” thick, 20
gauge metal stiles (pilasters)
Plastic Laminate:1” thick, .050 plastic laminate over 48 lb. Density particle board.1” thick
panels1” thick doors1-1/4” thick stiles (pilasters)
Conform to the following:
ASTM D1505 (density)
ASTM D638 (elongation)
ASTM D1822 (impact)
Fire Data:
ASTM D1929-77 (self-ignition)
ASTM D635-81 (rate of burn)
ASTM D2843 (smoke < 75)
Manufacturer: American Sanitary Partition Corp., Bradley Corp. and Sanymetal Products
SECTION 10190 HOSPITAL CUBICLES
Curtains and tracks for screening patients areas.
Revised 2/15/2007
1.
Cubicle Curtain Tracking Systems shall be a heavy-duty channel track extruded from
6063-T5 aluminum alloy, with a wall thickness of .062 (min.) up to .070 thickness. Provide appropriate
attachment and anchoring accessories as required for an acoustic ceiling grid systems.
Cubicle Tracks to be a clear anodized aluminum finish.
2.
An I.V. Tracking System shall be the same as the heavy-duty curtain tracking channels.
The following options are available:
1
Self-Locking I.V. Carriage
1
Twist-Lock I.V. Carriage
1
5 bottle or 8 bottle I.V. Pendant
4.
5 bottle or 8 bottle telescoping I.V. Pendant
3.
All curtains are custom made and manufactured to the most rigid quality. It is recommended that
all curtains be at least 10% wider than the cubicle curtain track. All cubicle curtains shall hang
12" to 15" above finish floor. Grommets will be nickel plated brass and will be machined into the
top hem at 6" intervals.
Standard nylon mesh to be at least 20" high, to allow ventilation and light flow.
All curtains are to be flame resistant. Must comply with the following flame resistant
requirements:
NFPA 701
ASTM E-84
California Code 19
HUD Bulletin UM-44
Manufacture: General Cubicle Co., InPro Corp. and Salsbury Industries
SECTION 10260 WALL AND CORNER GUARDS
A.
Wallcovering and Door Frame Protectors:
Protective Wallcovering is a fire-retardant, Acrylic/PVC sheet with excellent cleanability and
impact resistance.
With the unique "thermo forming" capabilities, the .040 ga. Acrylic/PVC material is custom
formed to fit specific door frames.
Sheet size: 4'-0"x 8'-0" 4'-0"x 10'-0"
Thickness: .040 ga. (3/64")
.060 ga. (1/16")
Conform to the following:
ASTM D-638 (strength)
ASTM D-790 (flexural)
ASTM D-785 (hardness)
ASTM D-256 (impact)
Fire Data: ASTM E84
(tunnel test)Class
I/A = Flame <
Revised 2/15/2007
25Smoke < 450
B. Corner Guards, Crash Rails and Handrails:
Corner Guards and Crash Rails are also made from Acrylic/PVC material. The formed guards
and rails are mounted over a continuous (6063-T6) aluminum retainer.
Size of corner guards are 2"x 2" and 3"x 3"
The thickness of the impact cover is .078 (5/64")
Crash Rails and Handrails are available in varies heights, therefore the impact cover thickness
varies.
4" to 6" high, the impact cover = .078"(5/64")
6" and higher, the impact cover = .100"(3/32")
Handrails are made from Acrylic/PVC material. The formed handrail is mounted over a
continuous (6063-T6) aluminum retainer. End and corner caps are available either a foam cushion
or as rigid plastic. Sturdy mounting brackets will maintain wall clearance and stability.
Handrails shall conform to current A.D.A. regulations.
Size of handrail is 5 1/2' in height and 1 1/2" wide
The thickness of the impact cover for the handrail is .078"(5/64")
Conform to the following:
ASTM D-638 (strength)
ASTM D-790 (flexural)
ASTM D-785 (hardness)
ASTM D-256 (impact)
Fire Data: ASTM E84
(tunnel test)Class
I/A = Flame <
25Smoke < 450
Manufacturer: Koroseal Wall Protection Systems, Acrovyn Interiors and Pawling Inc.
SECTION 10270 ACCESS FLOORING
Prefabricated, raised assembled flooring system that creates a cavity between the finish floor and
the structural floor, cavity space to be used for Mechanical and Electrical services.
Design System Load Capacity as follows:
Standard Duty = 1,000 pounds per square inch
Medium Duty = 1,250 pounds per square inch
Heavy Duty = 1,500 pounds per square inch
Panel systems are available in 24" x 24" and 60 cm x 60 cm panels.
Floor panel material can be die-cast aluminum, steel covered wood cove, formed steel and
concrete.
Revised 2/15/2007
Floor covering can be V.C.T., plastic laminate and carpet.
Installation tolerance: Level floor system to within 1/10" over entire floor area and within 1/16"
within 10 feet in any direction.
Manufacturer: Tate Access Floor, Inc. and Interface AR
SECTION 10410 DIRECTORIES AND BULLETIN BOARDS
Changeable strip and letter directories and display boards, coordinated tackboard/display case
units and illuminated and electronic directories.
Directories:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Component system with an extended aluminum frame. Finish shall be anodized or
baked enamel.
Background Options:
Changeable cartridges/header (back illuminated)
Photo transparency display (back illuminated)
Optional graphics (back illuminated)
Changeable letter board
Custom maps/plans
Magnetic display board
Changeable message strips
Self-healing corkboard
Bulletin Board:
1
2
3
4
Component system with an extruded aluminum frame. Finish shall be
anodized or baked enamel.
Background Options:
1/2" thick backer
Textured fabric over cork
Vinyl over cork
Graphic panel for maps and logo
Manufacturer: Nelson-Harkins Industries, APCO sign systems, Poblocki & Sons Peter
Pepper Products, Inc.
SECTION 10520 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
Fire extinguishers and cabinets
Fire extinguishers shall be a 5lb. ABC dry chemical. Rated at 3A-40B:C.
Fire extinguisher cabinet shall be a one piece heavy gauge cold rolled steel with a standard finish
of white baked acrylic enamel. Cabinet shall be semi recessed with a 21/2" rolled edge; also an
embossed handle with the word "FIRE" in red.
Manufacturer: Fire Extinguisher by "Badger", Model No. 5MB-6H, Fire Extinguisher Cabinet by
"Larson's Manufacturing Company", Model No. 2409-R3.
SECTION 10605 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS
Framed wire mesh partition or woven wire panel system.
Revised 2/15/2007
1
Wire: No. 10 gauge, 1-1/2" diamond woven wire mesh clinched to frames.
2
Vertical Frames: 1-1/4" x 5/8" x 1/8" "C" channels with 1/4" bolt holes at 18" o.c.
3
Horizontal Frames: 1" x 1/2" x 1/8" channels – all joints mortised and tenoned.
4
Center Rails: 2) 1" x 1/2" x 1/8" channels riveted toe to toe thru mesh and welded to vertical
frames.
5
Cap Rail: 2-1/4" x 1" channel with 1/4" "U" bolts 2'-4" o.c.
o
6
Corner & Intersecting Posts: 1-1/4" x 11/4" x 1/8" angle for 90 corners, 1-1/2" pipe posts for
o
other than 90 , 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" tubes for 3 and 4 way intersections.
7
Flatbar Posts: For partitions 12'-0" high or higher –2" x 1/4" for partitions 12'-0" to 16'-0" high21/4" x 5/16" for partitions 16'-0" to 18'-0" high3" x 5/16" for partitions 18'-0" to 20'-0" high
8
Line Post Bracing: Free standing partitions have 3" x 4.1# channel line posts at 20'-0" o.c. with 5"
x 18" x 5/16" base plates.
9
Hinged Door Frames: 1-1/4" x 1/2" channel with 1-1/4" x 1/8" flat bar band on three sides, 1-3/8"
x 3/4" angle welded to lock side. Each door to have 1-1/2 pairs butt hinges welded to both door and
transom bar and bronze mortise type cylinder lock. Dutch doors are also available.
10
Sliding Door Frames: 1-1/4" x 1/2" channel with 1-1/4" x 1/8" flat bar band all around. Each door
to have two 4-wheel roller bearing hangers, box track, bottom guide channel and bronze mortise cylinder
lock.
11
Service Window Panels: Sizes made to order (hinged or sliding) with or without shelving.
12
Sheet Metal Bases: Partition panels available with No. 16 gauge sheet in lower portion.
13.
Finish: Standard dipped coat of black enamel or red primer. Electrostaticly sprayed
enamel in color as selected from our color charts also available.
Galvanized finish also available. Powder coatings (epoxy, hybrid, urethane and polyester
available as special order.
13
Special Meshes and Wire Gauges: Partitions are available in 1", 1-1/2" and 2" mesh sizes. Wire
is available in 4 ga., 8 ga., and 10 ga.
Manufacturer: Folding Guard Corp., G-S Co., Miller Wire Works, Inc. and Woven Wire Products
Association.
SECTION 10650 OPERABLE PARTITIONS
Folding, sliding partitions and walls
A.
Accordion type folding partitions shall be made up of a series of voluted cover sections
either electric or manually operated. Full-length steel hinges shall support steel panels by
brackets fastened to the steel trolley yokes.
Partition to be suspended from a track system. Track shall be continuous cold roll-formed
steel C-channel. Partitions shall be supported by two wheel ball bearing intermediate
trolleys and a four-wheel lead trolley assembly. Top and bottom seals shall be 4-ply
sweep strips.
Outer covering shall be class "A" rated in accordance with ASTM E-84, select heavy-duty
vinyl with woven polyester backing.
B.
Operable wall shall be a series of individual flat panels, manually operated.
supported with operable floor seals.
Top
Panels shall be 3" to 4" thick and a standard 48" wide (maximum). All panel horizontal
and vertical framing elements shall be formed steel.
Revised 2/15/2007
Partitions to be suspended from a track system. Track shall be a minimum of 11ga. cold
roll-formed steel. Track shall be capable of direct mounting to a wood header or shall be
supported by adjustable steel hanger brackets.
All face material shall be of class "A" rated in accordance with ASTM E-84. Select a
heavy-duty reinforced vinyl with woven backing; acoustical non-woven carpet or wall
covering and upholstery fabric. A full height tackboard with fabric covering is also
possible.
Manufacturer: Holcomb & Hoke Mfg. Co., Inc.; Hufcor, Inc.; Modernfold, Inc. and Panelfold,
Inc.
SECTION 10800 TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
Stainless steel accessories for the typical toilet rooms:
All doors to be 16 ga. stainless steel with a No. 4 satin finish
All cabinets to be 20 ga. stainless steel with a No. 4 satin finish
Types of Accessories:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Combination towel/waste dispenser (recessed)
Soap dispenser (wall mounted)
Grab bars, 18 ga., Type 304 stainless steel (1-1/2" dia.) one pair per each handicapped stall.
Mirrors with stainless steel frames (surface mounted)
Toilet tissue dispenser (surface mounted jumbo roll dispenser)
Sanitary napkin dispenser (semi-recessed)
Sanitary napkin disposal (serves two compartments/dual access)
Folding utility shelf (women's toilet only; one per each toilet stall)
Baby changing station (semi-recessed)
Janitor's utility shelf and mop holder (surface mounted)
Manufacturer: American Specialties, Inc.; Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.; Bradley Corp.
and Koala
SECTION 10824 TUB AND SHOWER DOORS/ENCLOSURES
Doors, partitions and wall surfacing for tub or shower areas:
1
Glass: 3/8" to 1/2" tempered glass for a frameless application; 3/16" to 1/4" tempered glass used
only with the extruded aluminum frame systems. Glazing material shall meet or exceed ANSI Z97.I1984 and CPSC standard 16 CFR 1201, Category I and II.
2
Extrusion: Extruded shapes shall be number 385 architectural bronze or alloy number 6463-T5 or
alloy number 6063-T5, depending on the application.
3
Hardware: Heavy duty solid brass spring loaded hinges used at the frameless application. Heavyduty ball bearing roller system, stainless steel pivot bolts and piano hinges. Aluminum, polished stainless
steel and solid brass handles. All ASD screws are rustproof stainless steel.
4
Finish: Chrome plated brass, solid brass, bright nickel, baked enamel brass, brush
Revised 2/15/2007
chrome plated, pewter, antique brass, brush nickel, 24 K gold plated and anodized
aluminum.
Manufacturer: American Shower Door, Basco Mfg. Co., Century Shower Door, Inc. and Easco
Frameless Glass Enclosure.
DIVISION 11
Division 11 makes reference to maintenance equipment, security and vault equipment, bank equipment,
library equipment, transportation terminal equipment, loading dock equipment, waste chutes, walk-in
cooler, residential appliances and etc.
These items are specific to each individual project and are not directly applicable in defining "Design
Standards".
DIVISION 12
SECTION 12484 FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
Recessed Entry Mat and Frame:
3M Nomad Scraper Matting 9100 (formerly 3M Entrap)
The product is a durable, all-vinyl floor mat having an open, continuously pattern
surface. Its open construction allows dirt and debris to fall through the mat for easy
cleaning, while helping to prevent dirt from being tracked into the building.
The product shall be made of all-vinyl nonwoven continuous filaments bonded
together to form a durable, resilient mat.
Do not use all-vinyl floor mat around chlorinated or hydrocarbon solvents, for
example methylene chloride or mineral spirits. Solvents should not be used to clean
these mats.
The all-vinyl floor mat is intended for use in a recessed well. Metal frames can be
aluminum, brass or stainless steel.
Conform to the following:
ASTM D418
ASTM G21-70
ASTM E648
Manufacturer: 3M
SECTION 12492 BLINDS, SHADES AND INTERIOR SHUTTERS
See Interior
Interior Finishes
product forfor
sunDetails
control, metal blinds:Horizontal blinds, raising and tilting, wand and cord
operation.Headrail: .025" thick steel U-shaped rail.
Revised 2/15/2007
See Interior Bottom
Finishes
Details
rail:for
.031
thick steel.Guardian Tilter: .042 steel housing with a self-lubricating
nylon, automatic disengaging worm and gear mechanism.Tilt Wand: Solid transparent
with a hexagonal cross section.Cord Lock: .042" thick steel, crashproofDrums and
Cradles: Drums are .031" thick steel. Cradles are .042" thick steelSlats: Magnesium
aluminum alloy material. Slats are 1" wide and .0085".
Manufacturer: Levolor Contract and Hunter Douglas, Inc.
DIVISION 13
Division 13 makes reference to sound-conditioned rooms, saunas and equipment, bullet-resistant
protection, sound, vibration and seismic control, lighting protection, metal buildings, swimming pools,
solar energy systems and etc.
These items are specific to each individual project and are not directly applicable in defining "Design
Standards".
DIVISION 14
Division 14 makes reference to elevators, escalators, conveyors, material handling, people movers
and etc.
These items are specific to each individual project and are not directly applicable in defining "Design
Standards".
DIVISION 15 SECTION 15010 – GENERAL PROVISIONS
1
All computerized controls and systems utilized on the project must be Year 2000 compliant.
2.
Tests
A.
All piping must be pressure tested. Testing must occur before any insulation is installed
on the corresponding piping.
B.
Include all testing documents in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Submit all testing
documents to Facilities Engineering and the Design Engineer within 7 days of test completion.
C.
The facilities engineering department must be notified and have the option of being
present during all testing of piping and start-up of equipment.
2
Provide a minimum of 4 copies of the Operation and Maintenance manuals to Facilities Engineer
for their distribution.
4.
Pipe and Duct Cleaning
A.
Make provisions in specifications to have all piping cleaned and sanitized with an
appropriate medium before piping system testing. Include cleaning of all dead-ends in supply and return
piping to ensure flushing of the entire system. Submit cleaning certificate to Facilities Engineering and
the Design Engineer within seven days of completion.
B.
All ductwork that contains construction dust must be thoroughly cleaned at the completion
of the project construction.
3
Codes, Standards and Guidelines
A.
Comply with applicable provisions of latest editions of the following Regulations,
Revised 2/15/2007
Standards and Guidelines:
State and Local Codes and OrdinancesOccupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA)Centers for Disease Control (CDC)Nuclear Regulatory Commission
(NRC)Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI)Factory Mutual (FM)Building Officials and Code
Administrators International (BOCA)International Plumbing Code (IPC)National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA)Pressure Piping and Mechanical Refrigeration Systems and
EquipmentAmerican Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)American Welding
Society Code (AWS)American National Standards Institute (ANSI)National Pressure
Vessel Code
National Electric Code (NEC)American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and AirConditioning Engineers(ASHRAE)Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors
National Association (SMACNA)American Society of Plumbing Engineers
(ASPE)American Institute of Architectest Guidelines for Design and Construction
ofHospitals and Health Care Facilities (AIA Guidelines)American Society of Sanitary
Engineers (ASSE)American Water Works Association (AWWA)Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA)Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
6.
Pipe Identification
A.
Identify each new and existing pipe in the areas of renovated and new
construction as follows:
1)
Color coded bands or marker backgrounds shall identify contents of pipe in
conformance with Cleveland Clinic Foundation’s established color code schedule
as follows:
COLOR CODE SCHEDULE
PLUMBING
SERVICE
BAND STRIPE
Cold Water * RedWhite
Laboratory Cold Water * RedWhite (with words “Laboratory Cold Water”
lettered)
Domestic Hot Water * BlueWhite
Domestic Hot Water Recirculating BlueWhite
Laboratory Hot Water * BlueWhite (with words “Laboratory Hot Water” lettered)
* Any water service where water is non-potable must be labeled as such with the
words “non-potable” indicated every ten feet adjacent to standard labeling.
Fire Protection Fire Engine Red(including Sprinkler Piping) (entire pipe)
Medical Compressed Air
White & Orange
1/4" Black
(Refer to Note 6)
(equal)
Stripe at each end.
Revised 2/15/2007
Laboratory Compressed Air
(Refer to note 6)
White & Orange
Process Compressed Air
(Refer to note 6)
Medical Vacuum
(Refer to note 6)
Laboratory Vacuum
(Refer to note 6)
Anesthesia Waste Evacuation
(Refer to note 6)
1/4” black stripe
at each end
White
None
Light Blue &
Black (equal)
None
Light Blue & Black
1/4” orange stripe
at each end
Light Blue
1/4" Black Stripe
at each end.
Oxygen
(Refer to note 6)
Apple Green
None
Nitrous Oxide
(Refer to note 6)
Aluminum (Silver)
Nitrogen
(Refer to note 6)
Purple
None
Carbon Dioxide
(Refer to note 6)
Purple
White
1/4" Black Stripe
at each end.
High Purity Water Supply
Aluminum (Silver)
Brown with 1/4"
Black Stripe at each
end.
High Purity Water Return
Aluminum (Silver)
Two Brown with
1/4" Black Stripe at
each end.
Natural Gas
Black
Gold (with words
“Natural Gas”
lettered)
Detergent Washing Supply
Blue
Black
HVAC COLOR SCHEDULE
Section 3
Rev. B (2/07)
42
Page 33 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Steam Supply
(High Press. -75PSI and above)
Brown
None
Steam Supply
(Med. Press. -16 PSI to 74 PSI)
Orange
None
Steam Supply
(Low Press. -15 PSI and below)
Yellow
None
Condensate Return
(High Pressure)
Brown
Two Green
Condensate Return
(Med. Pressure)
Orange
Two Green
Condensate Return
(Low Pressure)
Yellow
Two Green
Condensate (Pumped)
Yellow
Two Green
Heating Water Supply - Reheat
Dark Blue
None
Heating Water Return - Reheat
Dark Red
None
Heating Water Supply - Radiation
Dark Blue
One White
Heating Water Return - Radiation
Dark Red
One White
Heating Water Supply - Induction Units
Dark Blue
Two White
Heating Water Return - Induction Units
Dark Red
Two White
Heating Water Supply - Fan Coil Units
Dark Blue
Three White
Heating Water Return - Fan Coil Units
Dark Red
Three White
Heating Water Supply
Blood Conditioning
Dark Red
One White with 1/4"
Gold Stripe at each
end.
Heating Water Return
Blood Conditioning
Dark Red
One White with 1/4"
Gold Stripe at each
end.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 34 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Chilled Water Supply - Primary
White
One Yellow with 1/4"
Black Stripe at each
end.
Chilled Water Return - Primary
White
Two Yellow with 1/4"
Black Stripe at each
end.
Chilled Water Supply – Secondary
White
One Yellow with two
1/4” Black Stripe at
each end
Chilled Water Return – Secondary
White
Two Yellow with two
1/4” Black Stripes at
each end
Chilled Water Supply - Induction Units
White
One Yellow with 1/4"
Red Stripe at each end.
Chilled Water Return - Induction Units
White
Two Yellow with 1/4"
Red Stripe at each end.
Chilled Water Supply - Fan Coil Units
White
One Yellow with
1/4" Green Stripe at
each end.
Chilled Water Return - Fan Coil Units
White
Two Yellow with
1/4" Green Stripe at
each end.
Chilled Water Supply - Blanket Conditioning
White
One Yellow with
1/4" Blue Stripe at
each end.
Chilled Water Return - Blanket Conditioning
White
Two Yellow with
1/4" Blue Stripe at
each end.
Glycol Chilled Water Supply
White
One Yellow with
1/4” Orange Stripe
at each end
Glycol Chilled Water Return
White
Two Yellow with
1/4” Orange Stripe
at each end
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 35 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Blanket Water Return (Static Drain)
White
One Blue (centered) One
Yellow on either side.
Chilled Water Supply - Blood Conditioning
White
One Yellow
Chilled Water Return - Blood Conditioning
White
Two Yellow
Condenser Water Supply
White
Condenser Water Return
White
Fuel Oil Supply
Black
Red
Fuel Oil Return
Black
Two Red
Compressed Air (Temperature Control)
White
Black
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7.
Red with 1/4" Black
Stripe at each end.
Two Red Stripes and
1/4" Black Stripe at each
end.
Background band: 6 inch wide; stripes 3/4 inch wide, and as noted. Produce band
and stripe effect by use of plastic vinyl tape similar to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company type 471 and/or 474, Thomas and Betts Type WCRT075, Seton Bonding Tape, or approved equal. Apply tape so as to overlap on
itself.
Provide identification marker near each valve and fitting, on both sides of pipes
passing through walls, on long runs at not over 20 foot intervals, and at access
door locations.
Indicate on pipe, by stenciling with 1 inch high letters, direction of flow and
contents. Place in location so as to be easily read from floor. Lacquer or varnish
over stencils.
Color code schedule shown above is subject to approval by Owner; modify or
revise color coding, as required, to conform with system identification in existing
hospital complex.
In addition to the labeling designated, all medical and laboratory gas piping
systems must be labeled per NFPA-99 (latest edition). Include arrows indicating
the direction of flow.
Equipment Identification
A. Identify each piece of equipment and ducts as to nature of service and system number.
Equipment designation shall conform to Cleveland Clinic Foundation Standard.
Apply one coat lacquer or varnish over the stencils.
Item
Type of Identification
Supply, Return and Exhaust Fans Nameplate Pumps Nameplate Motor Starters
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 36 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Nameplate Variable Frequency Drives Nameplate Air Handling Units Nameplate
Switches, Pilot Lights (Remote) Nameplate Condensing Units, Condensers
Nameplate Chillers Nameplate Rooftop HVAC Units Nameplate Boilers
Nameplate Heat Exchangers Stencil Fire Hose Cabinets Nameplate DDC Control
Panels Nameplate Cooling Towers Nameplate Fire/Smoke Damper Access Points
Nameplate on wall or
Ceiling TileMedical
Gas and Vacuum Valve Boxes/Components NameplatePurified Water System
Components NameplateDucts Stencil
B. Lettering shall include horsepower, voltage rating and service designation.
C. Nameplates shall be laminated phenolic with a black surface and white core.
Use 1/16 inch thick material for plates up to 2 inch by 4 inch. For larger sizes
use 1/8 inch thick material.
D. Lettering shall be condensed Gothic. The space between lines shall be
equal to the width of the letters. Use 1/4 inch minimum height letters
which occupy four to the inch.
E. Nameplates shall be attached to equipment with brass screws or rivets; no
adhesive attachments will be permitted.
SECTION 15050 – BASIC MATERIALS
1.
Pipe.
A.
Heating Hot Water – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53) or Type
“L” hard drawn seamless copper tube (ASTM B88).
B.
C.
Heating Hot Water (12 inch and larger) – Standard weight black steel
(ASTM A53).
Heating Hot Water (Underfloor) – Type “K” soft copper without joints
(ASTM B88).
D.
Chilled Water – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53) or Type “L” hard drawn
seamless copper tube (ASTM B88).
E.
Chilled Water (12 inches and larger) – Standard weight black steel (ASTM A53).
F.
Condenser Water – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53).
G.
Condenser Water (12 inches and larger) – Standard weight black steel
(ASTM A53).
H.
Glycol Water – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53) or Type “L” hard
drawn seamless copper tube (ASTM B88).
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 37 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
I.
Low and Medium Pressure Steam Supply (below 75 PSIG) – Schedule 40 black
steel (ASTM A53).
J.
Low and Medium Pressure Steam Condensate Return (below 75 PSIG)
– Schedule 80 black steel (ASTM A106).
K.
Pumped Steam Condensate Return – Schedule 80 black steel (ASTM A106).
L.
Steam Vent – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53).
M.
High Pressure Steam Supply (75 to 150 PSIG) – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM
A53).
N.
High Pressure Steam Condensate Return (75 to 150 PSIG) – Schedule 80
black steel (ASTM A106).
O.
Chemical Feed (heating, chilled, condenser water and steam) – Schedule 40 black
steel (ASTM A53).
P.
Boiler Feed – Schedule 80 black steel (ASTM A106).
Q.
Boiler Blow-Off – Schedule 80 black steel (ASTM A106).
R.
Motor Generator Exhaust – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53).
S.
Domestic Water “Inside Building 6 inch and Smaller” – Type “L” hard drawn
seamless copper tube (ASTM B88).
T.
Domestic Water “Inside Building 8 inch and Larger” – Schedule 40 galvanized
steel pipe (ASTM A120).
Domestic Water “Underground Service” – Type “K” hard drawn seamless
copper tube (ASTM B88).
U.
V.
Domestic Water “Underfloor 2 inches and Smaller” – Type “K” soft
copper without joints (ASTM B88).
W.
Laboratory or Industrial Water ‘Inside Building 6 inch and Smaller” – Type “L”
hard drawn seamless copper tube (ASTM B88).
X.
Fire Protection – Refer to Section 15300.
Y.
A/C Condensate Drain – Type “L” hard drawn seamless copper tube
(ASTM B88) or DWV copper tubing (ASTM B306).
Z.
Natural Gas – “Inside Building” Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53).
AA.
Natural Gas – “Underground Service” – polyethylene “Drisco Pipe 8000” meeting
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 38 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
lcoal gas company requirements.
BB.
Fuel Oil Carrier Pipe – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53). Utilize Perma-Pipe
double wall containment pipe.
CC.
Fuel Oil Tank Vent Piping – Schedule 40 galvanized steel (ASTM A120).
DD.
Compressed Air Piping – (Temperature Control Air Mains and Process Air) –
Type “K” hard drawn seamless copper tube (ASTM B88).
EE.
Compressed Air Piping (above 120 PSIG or where exposed and the possibility of
damage exists) – Schedule 40 black steel (ASTM A53).
FF.
Building Sewers and Drains “Underground” – service weight cast iron, bell and
spigot, soil pipe, and fittings (ASNI R 112.5), (ASTM A74), with Tyler “Ty-Seal”
or equal, neoprene pipe gaskets (ASTM C564).
GG.
Soil, Waste, Vent and Drain Piping “Above Ground Interior” – No hub cast
iron pipe (ASTM A888) and fittings (CISPI-301), as manufactured by
Glamorgan, Tyler or Buffalo.
HH.
Storm Sewers “Above Ground Interior” (above ground inside building and
interior storm leader stacks, rain water conductors and emergency storm
drain systems) – no hub cast iron pipe (ASTM A888) and fittings (CISPI301).
II.
Acid Resistant Drain and Vent Piping (ceiling plenums where returns are ducted
or pipe is inside a shaft) – flame retardant polypropylene (ASTM D635). Pipe and
fittings Schedule 40 wall thickness, and joined by the socket heat fused joint
method or electric resistance coil type joint method.
JJ.
Acid Resistant Drain and Vent Piping (If a return air plenum is
necessary) – nonflammable polyvinylidene flouride (ASTM E84). Pipe
and fittings Schedule 40 wall thickness, and joined by the socket heat
fused joint method or electric resistance coil type joint method or Nohub, silicon cast iron (ASTM A518) and fittings (Trade name: Duriron).
KK.
Pumped Storm Sewer (Sump Pump Discharge) 2 inches and smaller –
Type “L” hard drawn seamless copper tube (ASTM B88). 2-1/2 inches
and larger – Schedule 40 galvanized steel (ASTM A120).
LL.
Elevator Sump Pump Discharge – Type “L” hard drawn seamless
copper tube (ASTM B88).
MM. Purified water piping (for piping not located in supply or return air
plenums) – high purity, Schedule 80, polypropylene pipe, Enfield
“Enpure” or Orion “Whiteline”; or (for piping located in return air
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 39 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
plenums or existing stainless steel piping systems) Schedule 40 Type 304
stainless steel, ASNI/ASTM A312. Both products must be capped at the
factory in 10 feet lengths.
2.
NN.
Medical or Laboratory Gases – Type “L” hard temper seamless copper
(ASTM B819) medical gas tube labeled per NFPA-99 requirements for
oxygen use, precleaned and capped before shipment. Above 200 psi
and below 300 psi use Type “K” hard temper copper (ASTM 819) with
the same requirements.
OO.
Medical or Laboratory Vacuum - Type “L” hard temper copper (ASTM
B819) medical gas tube labeled per NFPA-99 requirements for oxygen
use, precleaned and capped before shipment. Above 200 psi and below
300 psi use Type “K” hard temper copper (ASTM 819) with the same
requirements.
PP.
Laboratory Acetylene – Schedule 40, Type 304 stainless steel, ASTM
A312.
QQ.
Air Compressor Intake – Type “L” hard drawn seamless copper tube
(ASTM B88).
RR.
Refrigerant – Type “ACR” hard drawn seamless copper tube (ASTM
B280).
SS.
Refrigerant Relief – Schedule 80 black steel (ASTM A53) or Type
“L” hard drawn seamless copper tube (ASTM B88).
Fittings.
A.
Fittings for black steel pipe (except high pressure steam, high pressure
steam condensate return, fire protection and natural gas) – 125 PSIG,
black cast iron screwed fittings on sizes through 2 inches and factory
formed welding fittings on sizes over 2 inches.
B.
Fittings for natural gas piping – 150 PSIG, steam working pressure
malleable iron screwed fittings on sizes through 2 inches and factory
formed welding fittings on sizes over 2 inches.
C.
Fittings for High Pressure Steam Supply (75 to 150 PSIG) – 250 WSP,
cast iron, screwed fittings on sizes through 2 inches and Class 250 steel
flanges and flanged fittings on sizes over 2 inches.
D.
Fittings for High Pressure Steam Condensate Return (75 to 150 PSIG)
– 300 WSP, malleable iron, screwed fittings on sizes through 2 inches
and Class 300 steel flanges and flanged fittings on sizes over 2 inches.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 40 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
3.
E.
Fittings for copper pipe – wrought copper solder joint type ASTM
B16.22. Where silver brazing alloy is used to join pipe and fittings,
fittings to be suitable for brazing. Where fittings will be used for medical
or laboratory gas or vacuum systems fittings must be factory cleaned,
packaged and delivered to the site in sealed dry nitrogen purged
containers. Flare and compression type fittings are unacceptable.
F.
Fittings for purified water polypropylene pipe – Schedule 80 “Heat
Welded” (socket fusion joints). Fittings joints requiring solvents or
made with an integral electric resistance coil are not acceptable. Each
fitting must be factory bagged prior to shipment.
Grooved Piping Systems (HVAC)
A.
Grooved steel piping systems may be used for 150 PSIG working
pressure hydronic heating piping, chilled water piping, and condenser
piping systems in lieu of welded or screwed joints.
1) Piping: 2-1/2 inches through 24 inches. Standard weight Schedule 40,
black steel, (ASTM A53), Grade B with roll grooved ends.
B.
Gaskets: Grade E, EDPM, green, temperature range minus 30 degrees
F to 230 degree F within the manufacturer’s rated working pressures
selection guide.
C.
Pipe Couplings: Style 77, 75, 07 consisting of two or more pieces of
ductile or malleable iron. Coupling gaskets will be synthetic rubber
gasket with a central cavity pressure responsive design. Coupling bolts
and nuts heat treated carbon steel, trackhead conforming to physical
properties of ASTM A183.
1) Fittings: Full flow cast fittings, steel fittings or manufacturer’s
fabricated grooved or shouldered fittings. Fabricated fittings are
acceptable when cast fittings are not available.
2) Butterfly Valves (use for shut-off only; do not use for balancing
purposes).
a) 2-1/2 inches through 12 inches: Triple seal type. Designed for
bubble tight, shut off service up to 300 PSI and vacuum
service to 29.9 inches of mercury. Maximum temperature
rating 230 degree F. Furnish lever handles for valves up to
6 inches. Furnish valves 8 inches and larger with gear
operators. For valves used in chilled water system provide
bracket insulating kit. Vic
300.
3) Check Valves
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 41 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
a) 2-1/2 inches through 12 inches: Single disc with spring
activated, non-slam design. Coated ductile iron body with
elastromeric seal mounted aluminum bronze disc or nickel seat.
Suitable for horizontal or vertical installation. Maximum
working pressure: 300 PSI. Vic Series
716.
D.
4.
Manufacturers: Victaulic Company of American or equivalent by Grinnell
Supply Sales Co.
Grooved Piping Systems (Plumbing)
A.
Grooved copper piping systems and galvanized piping systems may be
used for domestic/laboratory/industrial hot water and
domestic/laboratory/industrial water piping systems in lieu of soldered
systems.
1)
Piping: 2-1/2 inches through 6 inches - Type L hard drawn copper
tubing ASTM B88 roll grooved; 8 inch and larger – Schedule 40
galvanized steel pipe (ASTM A120).
2)
Gaskets: Grade E, EDPM, green, temperature range minus 30
degree F to 230 degree F within the manufacturer’s rated working
pressures selection guide.
3)
Pipe Couplings: Consisting of two or more pieces of ductile
iron. Coupling gaskets will be a synthetic rubber gasket with a
central cavity pressure responsive design.
4)
Fittings: Full flow wrought copper and bronze grooved end
fittings, ASTM B75 tube and ASTM B584 bronze castings
for copper pipe. Schedule 40 galvanized grooved end
fittings for galvanized pipe.
Butterfly Valves (shutoff service): 2-1/2 inches through 6 inches.
Triple seal type. Designed for bubble tight, shut off service up to
300 PSI. maximum temperature rating 230 degree F. Furnish
with lever lock handle. Vic Series 608.
5)
B.
5.
Manufacturer: Victaulic Company of American or equivalent by Grinnell
Supply Sales Co.
Joints
A.
Assemble black steel pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger with welded,
flanged or mechanically grooved joints.
B.
Assemble black steel pipe 2 inches and smaller with welded or screwed
joints.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 42 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
C.
Assemble copper pipe with soldered joints. Make all soldered
connections on copper piping by cleaning, fluxing (ASTM B813) and
soldering with 95-5 tin-antimony solder (ASTM B32), except where a
silver brazing alloy is specified. Fabricate in accordance with the Copper
Development Association, Copper Tube Handbook (latest edition).
Underground domestic water service mains where copper shall be silver
brazed.
D.
Assemble copper process/temperature control compressed air pipe
with silver brazing alloy having a melting point above 1000 degrees
F.
E.
Make joints in refrigerant piping with silver brazing alloy having a
melting point above 1000 degree F.
F.
Make joints in medical and laboratory vacuum, air, oxygen, argon,
hydrogen, nitrous oxide, helium and nitrogen piping with copper-silver
brazing alloy having a melting point above 1000 degree F, (B-cup Series)
without flux. Provide a continuous oil-free, dry nitrogen purge during
the brazing and cooling process.
G.
Make joints in above ground cast iron storm drain and soil, waste, vent
and drain piping with no-hub neoprene gasket and stainless steel pipe
clamp.
1)
Provide hubless soil pipe couplings manufactured by ClampAll Corporation. Furnish with Clamp-All warranty covering
labor and material. Provide warranty certificate to Owner. All
couplings to meet FM Standard 1680 Class 1 and be labeled
with the FM logo. Provide Model 80 to 4 inch size and Model
125 on pipe sizes larger than 4 inch.
H. Make joints in stainless steel piping with either threads, butt welds or flanges.
I. Make joints in polypropylene piping serving purified water systems with socket fusion
welding. (The use of electric resistance type coils in prohibited.)
J.
Make joints in polyproplylene or polyvinylidene flouride piping
serving acid resistant drain and vent piping with socket fusion welding
or electric resistance type coils. (Exception: sink and lavatory traps –
utilize mechanical joint)
K.
Make joints for “Drisco” pipe used with underground natural gas systems
same as the pipe with solvent cement joints.
L.
Make joints in underground cast iron soil, waste, vent and drain piping
with hub-and-spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564
neoprene gaskets.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 43 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
6.
Valves
A.
Provide all valves of the same manufacturer where possible.
Manufacturers: Milwaukee, Centerline, Apollo, Watts or Dezurik. All
valves to be of domestic manufacture.
1)
Valves in water piping 2 inches and smaller (HVAC Water
Systems): Two-piece ball valves with cast bronze body, Teflon
seats, conventional port, blow-out proof stem, lever handle
adjustable packing gland, 316 stainless steel solid ball and stem,
soldered or threaded ends, minimum 150 WSP, 600 WOG.
Milwaukee BA-150S. Equip valves used for balancing with
memory stop.
2)Valves in water piping 2-1/2 inches and larger (HVAC Water Systems
used for balancing) Cast iron body plug valve, flanged or
Victualic end, teflon packing and plug facings withstanding a
maximum temperature of 250°F, 150 WSP, 300 WOG, lever
actuator, equipped with memory stop. Dezurik Series 100 or three
piece ball valve with cast bronze body, teflon seats, full port,
blowout proof stem, adjustable packing gland, chrome plated
brass ball, brass stem, victaulic ends, minimum ISO SWP, 600
WPG, Apollo 82-100 series. Provide with memory stop.
3)
Valves in water piping 2-1/2 inches and larger (HVAC Water
Systems used for shut-off only): butterfly type, Class B cast iron
body, stainless steel stem, aluminum bronze disc and EPDM liner;
175 WOG. Lug type with lug drilled and tapped, extended neck.
Operators: on-off lever handles on sizes 2-1/2 inches to 6 inches,
totally enclosed worm gear or Acme screw operators with hand
wheel on sizes 8 inches to 20 inches. Milwaukee CL 123 Series or
three piece ball valve with Cast bronze body, teflon seats, full port,
blowout proof stem, adjustable packing gland, chrome plated brass
all, brass stem, victaulic ends, minimum ISO SWP, 600 WPG,
Apollo 82-100 series.
4)
Valves in water piping 2 inches and smaller (Plumbing
Systems) two-piece ball valves with cast bronze body, teflon
seats, full port, blow-out proof stem, lever handle adjsutable
packing gland, chrome plated brass ball, brass stem, soldered
ends, minimum 150 WSP, 600 WOG.
Milwaukee BA-155, Apollo 72-100 Series. Equip valves used on
domestic hot water recirculating systems with memory stop.
5)
Valves in water piping 2-1/2 inches to 4 inches (Plumbing Systems) three-piece
ball valve with cast bronze body, teflon seats, full port, blow-out proof stem,
adjustable packing gland, chrome plated brass ball, brass stem, female threaded
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 44 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
ends, minimum 150 SWP, 600 WPG. Apollo 82-100 Series.
6)
Valves in water piping 6 inch (Plumbing Systems): bronze body, EPDM coated
ductile iron disc, gear operated butterfly valve with grooved ends, 300 SWP.
Provide removable insulation around drive hub extension. Victualic Series 608.
7)
Valves in water piping 8 inch and larger (Plumbing Systems): ductile iron body
and bronze disc, gear operated butterfly valve or OS & Y gate valves with
grooved or flanged ends meeting AWWA C504 requirements. Dezurik BGS.
8)
Horizontal check valves 2 inches and smaller: Swing type design, Class 125, 200
WOG, with bronze body and cap with threaded or soldered ends. Conform to
ASTM B62. Milwaukee 509 or 1509.
9)
Horizontal check valves 2-1/2 inches and larger: swing type design, Class 125,
200 WOG, cast iron body, flanged ends, bronze trim and bolted cap conforming
to ASTM A126, Class B. Milwaukee F2974.
10)
Vertical check valves 2 inches and smaller: 250 WOG. Center guided, silent,
non-slam type. Bronze body, spring, and disc holder, threaded ends.
Metraflex 700.
11)
Vertical check valves 2-1/2 inches and larger: 125 pound flanged ends, wafer
style, silent type, cast iron body, bronze trim, stainless steel spring. Metraflex
900.
12)
Shutoff valves for Natural Gas Piping: 2 inches and smaller, butterfly valve or
ball valve, 175 PSI working pressure, cast bronze body, viton seals, full port,
threaded ends, stainless steel trim, AGA certified and UL listed for flammable
liquids and LP gas. Milwaukee Valve BB2-100.
13)
Shutoff valves for Natural Gas Piping: 2-1/2 inches and larger, plug valve, 200
PSI WOG, flanged ends, cast iron body, full round port. Dezurik Figure 118.
14)
Shutoff valve for low and medium pressure steam supply (below 75 psig) and
condensate return: Gate valve, 2 inches and smaller, 150 WSP, 300 WOG,
bronze body, bonnet, and rising stem, union bonnet, threaded ends, bronze solid
wedge disk. Conform to MSS SP-80 standards. Milwaukee 1151.
15)
Shutoff valves for low and medium pressure steam supply (below 75 psig) and
condensate return: Gate valves, 2-1/2 inches and larger, 125 WSP, 200 WOG,
iron body bronze trim, O.S & Y., rising spindle pattern, with flanged ends, solid
wedge disc and brass stems. Flanges to be faced and drilled to conform to ASME
standards. Conform to MSS SP-70 standards. Milwaukee F2891.
16)
Throttling valves for low and medium pressure steam supply (below 75 psig)
and condensate return: 2 inches and smaller, globe valve, 150 WSP, 300 WOG,
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 45 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
bronze, threaded ends, union bonnet, rising stem, Teflon disc, integral seat.
Milwaukee 590T.
17)
Throttling valves for low and medium pressure steam supply (below 75 psig)
and condensate return: 2-1/2 inches and larger, globe valve, 125 WSP, 200
WOG, flanged body, bronze mounted, O.S. & Y. Milwaukee F2981.
18)
Check valves for low and medium pressure steam supply (below 75 psig) and
condensate return: 2 inches and smaller, 200 WSP, 400 WOG, Y-pattern,
horizontal swing type design, bronze body, threaded ends. Milwaukee 508.
Check valves for low and medium pressure steam supply (below 75 psig) and
condensate return: 2-1/2 inches and larger, 125 WSP, 200 WOG, horizontal
swing type design, cast iron body, renewable bronze seat and disc. Flanged
ends. Milwaukee F2974.
19)
20)
Shutoff valves for high pressure steam supply (75 psig and above) and
condensate return: 2 inches and smaller, gate valve, 300 WSP, 1000 WOG,
bronze body, rising stem, solid wedge disc, stainless steel seat, union bonnet,
threaded ends. Milwaukee 1184.
21)
Shutoff valves for high pressure steam supply and condensate return (75 psig
and above): 2-1/2 inches and larger, gate valve, Class 300, cast steel body, O.S.
& Y., bolted bonnet, flanged ends. Milwaukee F3050.
22)
Throttling valves for high pressure steam supply and condensate return (75 psig
and above): 2 inches and smaller, globe valve, 300 WSP, 600 WOG, bronze body,
stainless steel disc, union bonnet, threaded ends. Milwaukee 593A.
23)
Throttling valves for high pressure steam supply and condensate return (75 psig
and above): 2-1/2 inches and larger, globe valve, Class 300, cast steel body, O.S.
& Y., bolted bonnet, flanged ends. Milwaukee F3060.
24)
Check valves for high pressure steam supply and condensate
return (75 psig and above): 2 inches and smaller, 300 WSP, 600
WOG, bronze body, Y-pattern, horizontal swing type design,
regrinding disc, threaded end. Milwaukee 507.
Rev. B (2/07)
25)
Check valves for high pressure steam supply and condensate
return (75 psig and above): 2-1/2 inches and larger, Class 300,
cast steel body, horizontal swing, bolted cap, flanged ends.
Milwaukee F3070.
26)
Shutoff valves in purified water piping: ball valve, 2 inches and
smaller, all polypropylene construction, 150 PSI working
pressure at 73 degree F water temperature, maximum service
temperature 180 degree F, plain or threaded ends, EPDM seals,
full port. Cell Class PP-110-M30-A-10120 per ASTM D4101.
Orion “Whiteline” or Enfield “Enpure”. Each valve must be
Page 46 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
factory bagged prior to shipment.
7.
27)
Check valves in purified water piping: All polypropylene
construction, 150 PSI working pressure at 73 degree F water
temperature, maximum service temperature 180 degree F, plain
or threaded ends, EPDM seals. Cell Class PP-110-M30-A-10120
per ASTM D4101. Orion “Whiteline” or Enfield “Enpure”. Each
valve must be factory bagged prior to shipment.
28)
Shutoff valves in medical/laboratory gas and vacuum: bronze
body, three piece design, full port, quarter turn ball valve with
Teflon seals, chrome plated double seal ball and blowout proof
steam design for a working pressure of 400 PSI or vacuum of 29”
hg with factory brazed Type “K” copper tubing extensions. All
valves must be factory pressure tested, cleaned for oxygen service
and capped for delivery to the site. All valves must be lockable
in the opened position. Obtain lock/cable from CCF Plumbing
Shop.
29)
Valve Chain Operator: Provides for remote operation of valves.
Sprocket rim attaches to valve wheel. Furnish with chain and
chain guide. Sprocket rim constructed of cast iron. Chain guide
constructed of mallable iron. Chain constructed of steel.
Handwheel to match valve. Provide chain operators for valves
located more than 10 feet above or as indicated.
30)
Automatic flow setting valve assemblies shall be manufactured
by Flow Design, Inc. (FDI) or Griswold.
Strainers
A.
Copper Piping: 2 inches and smaller, “Y” type pipe line strainer,
bronze body, threaded ends, 18-8 stainless steel screen with 20 mesh
openings, 300 PSIG at 400 degrees F. Provide pipe nipple with ball
valve for blow down. Manufacturers: ITT Hoffman (42DC) and
Armstrong.
B.
Steel Piping (water and low pressure steam): 2 inches and smaller, “Y”
type pipe line strainer, cast iron body, threaded ends, stainless steel
screen with 20 mesh water or 100 mesh steam, 400 PSIG at 150 degree F
for water, oil, gas, 250 PSIG at 406 degree F maximum saturated steam
pressure, screw plug with blow off connection. Provide pipe nipple with
ball valve for blow down. Manufacturers: Spirax Sarco Model IT, ITT
Hoffman and Armstrong.
C.
Steel Piping (water or low pressure steam): 2-1/2 inches through 12
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 47 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
inches, “Y” pattern pipeline strainer, cast iron body, 125 pound flanged
ends, bolted cover, 125 PSIG at 350 degree F maximum saturated steam
pressure, 175 PSIG at 150 degree F water, oil, gas operating pressure,
0.045 (steam) or 0.125 (water) perforated stainless steel screen. Provide
pipe nipple with 3/4 inch full port ball valve for blow down.
Manufacturers: Spirax Sarco (CI-125 or F-125), ITT Hoffman and
Armstrong.
8.
D.
Steel Piping (high pressure steam): through 2 inches “Y” pattern threaded
pipe strainer, cast steel body, oil, gas operating pressure, 300 psig at 838
degrees F maximum saturated steam pressure, 100 mesh, 304 stainless
steel screen, steel cap and pipe nipple with gate valve for blowdown.
Manufacturers: Spirax Sarco (CT), ITT Hoffman and Armstrong.
E.
Steel Piping (high pressure steam): 3 inches through 12 inches, “Y”
pattern pipeline strainer, cast steel body, 300 pound flanged ends, bolted
cover, 300 PSIG at 838 degree F maximum saturated steam pressure, 400
PSIG at 150 degree F water, oil, gas operating pressure, 1/32 inch or 1/8
inch (0.045 or 0.062) perforated stainless steel screen. Provide pipe nipple
with 3/4 inch ball valve for blow down. Manufacturers: Spirax Sarco (CI250 or F-250), ITT Hoffman and Armstrong.
F.
Condenser Water System: 2 inches through 12 inches. Simplex basket
type. Cast iron body ASTM A216 Class B. Clamp type cover assembly,
flanged inlet, outlet and threaded drain connection. 125 PSIG at 350
degree F maximum saturated steam pressure, 175 PSIG at 150 degree F
water, oil, gas operating pressure, 0.045 perforated stainless steel screen
for 2 inch through 3 inch. 0.125 perforated stainless steel screen for 4
inches and larger. Furnish with blowdown opening. Provide pipe nipple
with 3/4 inch full port ball valve for blowdown.
Expansion Compensators
A.
B.
C.
Rev. B (2/07)
Utilize hard piped expansion loops consisting of piping system material
specified. In steam piping, expansion loops must be welded.
In high pressure steam and steam condensate piping, utilize sleeve type
expansion joints where hard pipe expansion joints are not practical. High
pressure system expansion joints shall carry a 300 psi working pressure
rating for steam and 150 psi for condensate. Device shall utilize nonasbestos packing and be capable of re-packing without shutting down the
system. Manufacturers: Adsco and Advanced Thermal Systems.
In high pressure steam and steam condensate piping, utilize flexible
ball joints where required rated at 300 psi (high pressure steam) and
150 psi (steam condensate). Manufacturers: Arco or Advanced
Thermal Systems.
Page 48 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
9.
10.
11.
12.
Thermometers
A.
Provide before and after any device where system temperature changes
(heat exchangers, chillers, boilers, heating and cooling coil, domestic
water heaters).
B.
Manufactureres : Weiss, Trerice, Taylor, American.
Pressure Gauges
A.
Provide before and after any device where system pressure changes
(pumps, reducing and regulating valves, backflow preventers).
B.
Manufacturers: Trerice, American, Marsh, Ashcroft.
Combination Pressure & Temperature Test Plugs (Pete’s Plugs)
A.
Provide at smaller devices where system temperature or pressure changes
(reheat coils, unit heaters, fan coil units, convectors, finned tube radiation,
radiant panel).
B.
Manufacturers: Peterson Equipment Company (Pete’s Plug)
Equipment Pads
A.
13.
Roof Flashings
A.
14.
Minimum 4 inches thick, 3000 psi concrete.
Coordinate with roof type on a per project basis.
Access Doors
A.
Utilize double wall access doors in ducts to be insulated.
B.
Doors must be adequately sized to allow service access to all
components. Minimum size 20 inches x 16 inches.
C. Access doors in fire rated walls or floors must be fire rated accordingly.
15.
Motors
A.
All motors 10 horsepower and above shall be approved for variable
frequency drive control whether or not served by a variable frequency
drive.
B.
All motors 10 housepower and above shall be "premium" with an
efficiency of 93 percent or higher.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 49 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
C.
16.
Freeze Protection Cable/Temperature maintenance cable
A.
17.
Manufactures: Raychem, Thermon
Underfloor Heating Systems / Snow Melt Systems
A.
18.
Manufactures: Allis-Chalmers, General Electric, Lincoln Electric or
Reliance Electric.
Wirsbro
Roof Curbs
A.
Coordinate product with roof type.
B. Provide curbs 12 inches high
(minimum) .
C.
Coordinate roof openings with Structural Engineer.
D.
Secure roof curbs to building structure. Anchoring curb to roof
insulation is unacceptable.
E.
Roof curbs for equipment more than 5 foot in any dimension must be full
perimeter type. All duct and piping roof penetrations must occur through
a curb.
F.
All pipe curbs must have plastic covers, PVC boots and all stainless steel
clamps.
G.
Guy wire installation must be similar to pipe penetrations.
H.
Manufacturers: Thycurb, Pate, Custom Curb.
19.
Refrigerants
20.
A.
Acceptable refrigerants are R-22, R-123, R-134a.
Firestopping
21.
A.
Manufacturers: Specified Techologies, Inc. (STI) "Specseal"
product line, Nelson, Tremco, 3M, and Hilti.
B.
Refer to the Appendix for the Cleveland Clinic Foundation Fire Protection
Design Standards.
Water Antifreeze Solution
A.
Rev. B (2/07)
Utilize propylene glycol solutions only.
Page 50 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
SECTION 15188 – WATER TREATMENT
1. Water treatment chemical and specialties for hot, chilled, condenser
and cooling tower systems.
A. Manufacturer: Betz
SECTION 15191 – FUEL OIL SYSTEM
1. Fiberglass Storage Tanks
A. Double Wall
2. Fuel Tank Monitoring System
A. Manufacturer: Veeder-Root
Rev. B (2/07)
Revised: (4/09/2009)
SECTION 15213 - MEDICAL GAS, VACUUM AND WAGD SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including general and supplementary conditions and Division I specification section,
apply to this section.
SUMMARY EXTENT OF WORK
A. This Section pertains to all labor, equipment and services necessary for and
incidental to the installation of piped medical gas and vacuum systems (PMGVS)
including oxygen, medical air, medical vacuum, waste anesthesia gas disposal
(WAGD), nitrogen, instrument air, nitrous oxide, helium, carbon dioxide, argon,
dental air, dental vacuum, laboratory air and mixed gas systems as shown on the
drawings and/specified herein.
1. Oxygen systems shall be complete to the source valve, ready for connection
to the bulk gas supply system.
2. Medical Vacuum, WAGD and Medical Air systems shall be complete,
started, tested and ready for use.
3. Nitrous Oxide, Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, Helium, Argon and Mixed Gas
Systems shall be complete, tested and ready for use.
B. Owner Furnished Materials for installation under this section
1. Supply of gases in cylinders or containers as appropriate for manifolds.
2. Initial supply of liquid (oxygen, nitrogen).
C. Related Sections
1. Related work and materials are specified in Section 15010, General Provision
Section 15050, Basic Materials and Methods; and other appropriate Sections
of this Division.
2. Division 11 Section “Laboratory Fume Hoods” for outlets requiring medical
gas service.
3. Division 12 Section “Laboratory Casework” for outlets requiring medical gas
service.
4. Division 12 Section “Medical Case Work” for outlets requiring medical gas
service.
1.3
DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCES: All references refer to the most recent edition.
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), NFPA 99 Health Care Facilities.
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), NEC National Electrical Code.
C. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 6010 Professional Qualification
Standards for Medical Gas System Installers.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
D. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 6030 Professional Qualification
Standards for Medical Gas System Verifiers.
1.4
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. All materials used shall be new and of the best grade and quality obtainable and
workmanship shall be first class in every respect. Contractor shall be responsible
for compliance with all Local, State or Federal codes.
B. Provide all elements and accessories required for complete systems per NFPA 99
most recent edition.
C. Contractor shall make all necessary connections to owner furnished equipment.
D. Install all piping as shown on Drawings, as described herein and as described in
Section 15050, Basic Materials and Methods, using methods of fabrication,
grading, testing, repairing, cleaning and other procedures as described.
E. Electrical power wiring for vacuum pump(s), medical air compressor(s), WAGD
Producer(s), ceiling columns, alarms, and modular accessories associated with
the system(s) shall be part of the electrical contract. Any equipment supplied by
this contractor that requires additional electrical services shall be the
responsibility of this contractor to supply these services.
F. Perform Installer pressure testing, cross connection testing and final testing per
NFPA 99 most recent edition and using procedures as specified.
G. Coordinate with owner retained verifier, CHT, for final verification of the
systems. Make corrections as required, including additional testing if necessary
to attain full and unqualified certification.
1.5
COORDINATION
A. Medical Gas Contractor shall coordinate with other trades to ensure timely
installations and avoid conflicts and interference.
B. Work with metal stud partition installer and/or mason to ensure anchors, sleeves
and similar items are provided in sufficient time to avoid delays; chases and
openings are properly sized and prepared.
C. Coordinate with owner to ensure medical gas outlets, whether owner supplied or
contractor supplied, in walls, ceiling and all equipment is provided by the same
Medical Gas Equipment Manufacturer (MGEM) satisfactory to the owner.
D. Coordinate with bulk cryogenic gas supplier for installation, connection and
verification of bulk gas supply systems.
E. Medical Gas Contractor shall supply and install the master alarm system,
including the signal wiring. The electrical contractor shall provide power wiring
Revised: (4/09/2009)
to each alarm panel. Medical Gas Contractor is responsible for proper
termination, testing and marking of alarm panels. Termination shall be done by
or under supervision of manufacturer of alarm panels.
F. Coordinate with Medical Gas Verifier, CHT, to deliver a complete, tested
medical gas installation ready for owner’s use.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish the following as one package:
1. Medical Gas Equipment Manufacturer (MGEM) submittals including at least;
a. Complete specifications for the product intended to be installed,
dimensional drawings, and wiring schematics where appropriate.
b. For Medical Air, medical vacuum and WAGD plants include:
(i)
Package drawing indicating package style, dimensions when
complete, method of disassembly and sizes of subsections for
rigging and installation.
(ii)
Compressor and package capacity expressed in ICFM.
(iii)
Lubrication method (if any).
(iv)
Drive detail including adjustment method.
(v)
Motor including manufacturer, frame type, service factor,
horsepower, current draw, and RPM.
(vi)
Air filters including type and replacement element.
(vii) Pressure regulators including type and manufacturer.
(viii) Dew point monitor including technology employed, calibration
interval, and annual drift in degrees.
(ix)
Carbon monoxide monitor including technology employed,
calibration interval, and annual drift in ppm.
(x)
Air dryers, type; manufacturer; and design dew point at 50 psig.
(xi)
Sound pressure in dBa when operated at NFPA capacity.
(xii) BTU output for the equipment
c. For other medical gas products include:
(i)
Outlet keying system.
(ii)
Alarms networking instructions.
d. Complete installation instructions for the use of the installer.
e. Statement of specific compliance with paragraphs of NFPA 99 most
recent edition as relevant to the equipment and as listed in those sections.
f.
Complete maintenance schedules.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
g. Warranty statement which must encompass all system components.
Warranties covering only specific components or containing exclusions
are not acceptable.
h. Name and contact information for installation assistance, startup,
warranty and service.
i.
Description of available Preventative Maintenance programs for Owners
review.
j.
Information on training programs available to maintenance personnel for
Owners review.
B. Pre-approval:
1. Written pre-approval is required for equipment not exactly matching
specifications. Submit the information required under Submittals above,
attaching a cover letter stating the exact areas of deviation.
2. A Request for pre-approval of equipment must be received by the Engineer
not less than three days (72 hours) prior to bid.
1.7
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements
1. Electrical Control systems and Medical Gas Alarms are to be UL listed as
assemblies with label affixed.
2. Medical air, instrument air, medical vacuum and WAGD controls are to be
wired in accordance with NEC.
3. MGEM will include with submittals an affidavit attesting to compliance with
all relevant paragraphs of NFPA 99 most recent edition including (d) below.
4. MGEM personnel assembling medical air, instrument air, vacuum and
WAGD plant shall meet NFPA 99 5.1.10.10.11 “Qualification of Installers”
and hold medical gas endorsements as under ASSE 6010.
5. The Contractor shall furnish documentation attesting that all installed piping
materials were purchased cleaned and plugged or capped in accordance
with the requirements of NFPA 99 5.1.10.1 and 5.1.10.2. Contractor must
also provide Cleveland Clinic with Certificates of Conformance indicating
that all piping materials meet the metallurgical specifications set forth in
ASTM B819.
Note:
The above-mentioned documentation must be submitted to Cleveland Clinic
Revised: (4/09/2009)
prior to the verification process being performed.
6. The Contractor shall furnish current copies of ASSE 6010 credentials for all
workers installing medical gas piping.
B. Installation and Start-up: The MGEM will provide factory authorized
representatives to review installation and perform initial start up of system.
C. Warranty
1. Warranty will be expressly complete, include all components of the system
and be the responsibility of the MGEM of record only. Warranties limiting
the responsibility of the MGEM for any system component or which pass
through the MGEM to another manufacturer are not acceptable.
2. Warranties shall include on site repairs including travel, labor and parts.
Warranties requiring return of equipment for adjustment are not acceptable.
3. All medical gas pipeline components shall be warranted by the MGEM of
record for 24 months or longer from start-up.
4. Medical Air dryer switching valves shall be warranted by the MGEM of
record for 10 years from start-up.
D. Maintenance
1. MGEM shall demonstrate a national factory direct service capability able to
perform major overhauls.
2. MGEM shall offer factory direct preventative maintenance contract for the
owner’s consideration.
3. MGEM shall offer formal maintenance training courses for owners review.
4. MGEM’s offering scroll compressors shall include in their price all labor and
parts required for normal maintenance of the actual scroll compressor(s) (i.e.
not including service for the package and accessories) for 20,000 operating
hours.
E. Verification: Medical Gas Contractor shall deliver to the owner a complete
system certification without qualifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
QUALIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER(S)
A. One Medical Gas Equipment Manufacturer (MGEM) shall supply the medical-gas
system(s) and equipment to include, all but not limited to outlets, valves and
gauges, valve boxes, alarm panels, manifolds, medical air, instrument air,
Revised: (4/09/2009)
vacuum and WAGD sources.
B. The MGEM shall have a product specialist available to periodically check with
the Contractor during installation of the pipeline systems equipment. MGEM shall
provide service support to the hospital after turnover. Demonstrate factory
trained service technician is available within 200 miles of facility.
C. Approved MGEM: Piping Systems Components and Medical Gas Alarms;
1. BeaconMedæs
2. Alternate by Facilities Engineering Department with pre approval only.
D. Written Pre-approval is required for all equipment from other manufacturers.
2.2
MATERIALS
A. All pressurized medical gas piping shall be:
1. Seamless ASTM B-819, type K or L hard drawn seamless medical gas copper
tubing, identified by the markings “OXY” “MED” “OXY/MED” “OXY/ACR” ,
or “ACR/MED” in green (Type K) or blue (Type L). Supplier must provide
Certificates of Conformance indicating that all piping materials meet the
metallurgical specifications set forth in ASTM B819.
2. Fittings shall be wrought copper, brass or bronze designed expressly for
brazed connection, compliant with ANSI B16.22.
3. Pipe (Tube), fittings, valves, and other components shall be specially cleaned
for oxygen service in a facility equipped to clean, rinse, and purge the
material in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 5.1.10.1.1 and
received on job site cleaned and capped. On site cleaning of the interior
surfaces of tubes, valves, fittings, and other components is not allowed.
4. Brazing alloy shall be BCuP-5 Brazing alloy or equivalent alloy with at least
1000 degree F melting point.
B. All vacuum tubing shall be:
1. Type ‘L’, ‘M’, or ASTM B-280 ACR copper.
2. Brazed with BCuP-5 Brazing alloy or equivalent alloy with at least 1000
degree F melting point.
C. All WAGD piping shall be:
1. Type ‘L’, ‘M’, or ASTM B-280 ACR copper, Schedule 5 galvanized steel, or
equivalent sized ductwork.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
2. If copper, brazed with BCuP-5 Brazing alloy or equivalent alloy with at least
1000 degree F melting point.
D. Isolation of copper tubing from dissimilar metal shall be accomplished either
through use of copper or copper plated hangers or hangers with plastic isolators.
2.3
SUBSYSTEMS
A. Gas Cylinder Manifolds
1. Manifolds shall meet the requirements of NFPA 99 5.1.3.4.9. and 5.1.3.4.10.
2. The manifold control(s) shall be fully automatic, including shifting to
secondary bank when the service bank is exhausted, with automatic reset of
replaced bank to primary status. Semi-automatic manifolds are not
acceptable.
3. The manifold control(s) shall incorporate:
a. Pressure switches to actuate designated signals when service bank is
exhausted.
b. Visible display on control unit to determine when primary bank is
exhausted and the secondary bank is in operation.
c. A continuously lit green indicator to indicate header in use.
d. Gauges to indicate contents of each header.
e. An amber indicator of header ready for the secondary header.
f.
A red indicator of header empty for each header.
g. A pressure gauge for line pressure.
4. Manifold design shall ensure that the failure of any one component does not
prevent continued supply of gas to patients.
5. Manifolds design shall incorporate dome biased regulators for header
switching and shall not require heaters for any gas.
6. Alarm Manifold power supply shall be separate unit for ease of installation.
Wiring between manifold and power supply shall be manufacturer supplied.
Manifolds requiring electrical work inside the manifold cabinet during
installation are not acceptable.
7. Wiring shall terminate in power supply box not in manifold. Power supply
box shall include terminals for all NFPA mandated alarm signals per Table A5.1.9.2.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
8. Oxygen manifolds shall not include polymeric materials.
a. Furnish Copper pigtails. Flexible leads with polymeric linings are not
acceptable.
b. Cylinder check valves shall contain no Teflon or Kel-F.
c. Header valves shall be furnished with copper seats.
9. Manifolds shall be designed to permit cylinders to be placed under the
manifold controls.
10. Contractor shall furnish and install or field fabricate cylinder storage racks
adequate to restrain the anticipated number of cylinders while attached to the
manifolds.
11. Contractor shall furnish and install or field fabricate cylinder storage racks
adequate to restrain the number of cylinders indicated on the plans while in
storage.
12. Manifolds shall be BeaconMedæs LifeLine series with sizes as scheduled on
the plans.
B. Liquid Container Manifolds
1. Manifolds shall at least meet the requirements of NFPA 99 5.1.3.4.12.
2. The manifold control(s) shall be fully automatic, including shifting to
secondary bank when the primary bank is exhausted with automatic reset of
replaced bank to reserve status. Semi-automatic manifolds are not
acceptable.
3. The manifold control(s) shall incorporate:
a. Pressure switches to actuate designated signals.
b. Visible display on control unit to indicate when either bank is exhausted
and the secondary bank is in operation.
c. An indicator of header ready for the secondary header.
d. Visible display on power supply box to indicate when Reserve is in
operation.
e. Visible display on power supply box to indicate when reserve contents
are low.
f.
A continuously lit green indicator to indicate header in use.
g. Gauges to indicate contents of each header.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
h. A pressure gauge for line pressure.
4. Manifold shall include all reserve header components necessary to complete
a manifold with reserve. Header shall include at least the number of
connections scheduled on the plans.
5. Reserve headers shall be separate sub assemblies suitable for mounting
separate from the manifold controls using standard Type K tubing and
brazing techniques. No special piping materials or techniques shall be
required.
6. Alarm Manifold power supply shall be separate unit for ease of installation.
Wiring between manifold and power supply shall be manufacturer supplied.
Manifolds
requiring electrical work inside the manifold cabinet during installation are
not acceptable.
7. Wiring shall terminate in power supply box not in manifold. Power supply
box shall include terminals for all NFPA mandated alarm signals per Table A5.1.9.2. Wiring between the power supply and reserve pressure switch shall
be by installing contractor.
8. Manifold design shall ensure that the failure of any one component does not
prevent continued supply of gas to patients.
9. Manifolds design shall incorporate dome biased regulators for header
switching and shall not require heaters for any gas.
10. Oxygen reserve headers shall not include polymeric materials.
a. Furnish Copper pigtails. Flexible leads with polymeric linings are not
acceptable.
b. Cylinder check valves shall contain no Teflon or Kel-F.
c. Header valves shall be furnished with copper seats.
11. Contractor shall furnish and install or field fabricate cylinder storage racks
adequate to restrain the anticipated number of containers and cylinders while
attached to the manifolds.
12. Contractor shall furnish and install or field fabricate storage racks adequate to
restrain the number of containers and cylinders indicated on the plans while
in storage.
13. Manufacturer shall include with the manifold one copy of an applications
guide describing the operation of liquid manifolds and their limitations for
the operator’s use.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
14. Manifolds shall be BeaconMedæs LifeLine series with sizes as scheduled on
the plans.
C. Medical Vacuum Pumps
1. Provide a complete medical vacuum source, complying with NFPA 99
5.1.3.6 in all respects, as specified and scheduled on the drawings and as
manufactured by BeaconMedæs or pre approved equal.
2. All components shall be at least duplexed and valved (or check valved as
provided In NFPA-99) to permit service to any component without
interrupting vacuum supply to the facility during any maintenance operation
or any condition of single fault failure. Each pump exhaust shall be isolated
by a union fitting permitting capping for service removal.
3. Furnish complete plant consisting of pumps, receiver and controls capable of
providing the scheduled capacity with one pump out of service. All
capacities will be indicated in SCFM at 19 inches HG.
4. System shall be completely factory assembled, requiring only interconnection
between modules on site. Systems requiring on site assembly other than
interconnection are not acceptable (replacement of components removed for
shipping is permitted).
5. Each pump will be direct or close coupled to a NEMA rated High Efficiency
TEFC motor with a service factor of 1.15.
6. Each pump will include inlet and outlet flex connectors supplied by the
MGEM.
7. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) will be used to implement operating
logic. PLC has integral memory and EPROM backup. PLC shall control the
automatic alternation of the vacuum pumps with provisions for simultaneous
operation if required, and automatic activation of reserve unit if required. A
lag alarm on control cabinet and contacts for the master alarm will be
provided.
8. The complete control system and all electrical components shall be NEMA
12 and UL labeled. The control system shall provide:
a. Automatic lead/lag sequencing including self adjusting minimum run
timers which adaptively optimize the number of pump starts based on
demand.
b. Circuit breaker disconnects for each vacuum pump with external
operators. Units with fuses instead of circuit breakers in motor circuit are
not acceptable. The control system shall include an automatic minimum
run time adjustment to automatically adjust run time based on demand.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
c. Full voltage motor starters with overload protection.
d. Redundant 120 volt control circuit transformers.
e. Visual and audible reserve unit alarm with isolated contacts for remote
alarms and audio cancel.
f.
Control cabinet shall have lighted HOA selector switches
g. Panel mounted vacuum gauge.
h. Runtime hour-meter for each pump.
FOR LIQUID RING (REQUIRED FOR LABROTORY USE.)
9A. Provide oil-free, single-stage positive displacement, and non-pulsating liquid
ring type pumps. The pump will be fitted with mechanical seals. Each pump
will be of all iron construction with a bronze or stainless rotor and carbon
steel shaft. Maintenance intervals are calendar based and there is no hours
based maintenance. Under normal operation, system shall minimize fresh
seal water required. System shall include reservoir sufficient for up to 48
hours operation without fresh water supply. System is self contained. Provide
BeaconMedaes systems utilizing NASH pumps or pre-approved equal.
FOR OIL LESS ROTARY VANE
9B. Provide completely dry pumps equipped with self-lubricating carbon/graphite
vanes. Bearings shall be lubricated and sealed. No oil is permitted in any
pump. Each pump is completely air-cooled and has absolutely no water
requirement. Each pump is fitted with a 5 micron inlet filter and is equipped
with a vacuum relief valve, check valve to prevent backflow through offcycle units, flexible connector, isolation valve, and vibration isolators at each
mounting location. Provide BeaconMedaes packaged vacuum system or preapproved equal.
FOR CLAW
9C. Provide non contacting claw style rotary pumps. Internal construction is
friction free and rotors are non-contacting. Air end is oil free and requires no
sealants. Each pump is air cooled and continuous duty rated. Pump is
provided with a single lubricated gearbox requiring oil change not more
often than 5,000 operating hours. Pump is provided with exhaust silencer.
Pumps are equipped with high vacuum shutdown, high temperature
shutdown and alarm. Lubricant supplied shall be inert with oxygen and
pumps shall be factory cleaned for oxygen service. Provide BeaconMedaes
O2Assured pump or pre approved equal.
10. The complete medical vacuum system and all electrical components shall be
factory pre-tested prior to shipment by the MGEM.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
D. Medical Air Compressor System
1. Provide a complete medical air source, complying with all relevant
requirements of NFPA 99 5.1.3.5 and supplying medical air continuously for
the life of the equipment. The unit shall be manufactured by BeaconMedæs
or pre approved equal.
2. All components are at least duplexed and valved to permit service to any
component without interrupting air supply to the facility.
3. Furnish a complete plant consisting of compressors, receiver, air treatment
system and controls capable of providing scheduled capacity with one
compressor out of service.
4. System is modular or field separable, allowing for ease of shipment and
handling on site. All sections fit through a standard 36 inch door frame on a
standard pallet jack. System is completely factory assembled, requiring only
interconnection between modules on site. Systems requiring site assembly
other than interconnection are not acceptable (remounting of components
removed for shipping is permitted).
5. The control system is NEMA 12 and UL labeled. Provide in the control
system:
a. Automatic lead/lag sequencing and alternation.
b. A separate circuit breaker disconnect for each compressor internal to the
main control cabinet and protected by the safety interlock of that cabinet.
c. Full voltage motor starters with overload protection.
d. Redundant 120 Volt control circuit transformers
e. Visual and audible reserve unit alarm with isolated contacts for remote
alarm and cancelable audio.
f.
HOA lighted selector switches
g. Panel mounted pressure gauge
h. Runtime hour-meters for each compressor.
i.
When HOA switches are in Hand mode, system will operate on pressure
switch and compressors will not run if lead switch is satisfied.
j.
Provide visual and audible alarm indication for high discharge air
temperature shutdown with isolated contacts for remote alarm.
k. A temperature sensor at the outlet of each compressor cylinder or air-end
Revised: (4/09/2009)
to provide hi-temp alarm and shutdown that compressor. Systems
employing a single switch for multiple cylinders are not acceptable.
l.
Dryers are controlled from main control panel with selector switches
mounted on control panel.
6. Compressor motors shall be a NEMA rated, open drip proof unit with 1.15
service factor suitable for 208 or 230/460 volt, three phase, 60hz.
7. All moving parts (fans, pulleys and belts) shall be fully protected by an OSHA
approved enclosure.
8. All support structures shall be a minimum of 10 Gauge Steel.
9. The compressor modules and motors shall be fully isolated from the main
compressor base by means of a four point, heavy-duty isolation system for a
minimum of 95% isolation efficiency. Engineering data shall be provided
supporting isolation efficacy and equal weight distribution between supports.
Pumps not having this feature shall have an inertia base sized for that system
installed at this contractor’s expense.
10. Provide redundant medical air treatment systems including desiccant dryers,
filters, and purifiers sized for peak calculated demand. Include dew point
and carbon monoxide monitoring Medical air treatment shall include:
a. Desiccant dryers producing a 10°F (-12°C) pressure dew point.
Refrigerant dryers are not acceptable.
b. Dryer purge flow control through an integral dew point based purge
control system. Purge controllers using desiccant temperature are not
acceptable.
c. 441 transfer valve utilizing two ceramic slide plates. Units utilizing
multiple solenoids or diaphragm type switching are not acceptable. Valve
shall require no periodic service and be covered by a 10 year factory
warranty.
d. Mounted pre-filter rated for 0.01 micron with automatic drain and
element change indicator at the inlet to each dryer.
e. Final line filters rated for 0.01 micron with element change indicators,
duplexed final line regulators, and duplexed safety relief valves shall be
factory mounted and piped at the outlet of each dryer.
11. System piping shall be brazed except where unions are required for service.
Vibration flexes shall be all metal and of sufficient length to achieve full
isolation. Systems using rubber tubing flex connectors with hose clamps are
not acceptable. Systems with short flex connections providing only
nominal isolation are not acceptable.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
12. Provide corrosion resistant, ASME Coded, National Board Certified receiver
rated for a minimum 150 PSIG design pressure. Include a liquid level glass,
safety relief valve, manual drain valve, and a screened automatic solenoid
valve. During normal operation the flow of air will travel through the tank
to allow water vapor to condense in tank.
13. The complete medical air package shall be pre-wired, pre-piped and
assembled on one common base with single point connections for
electrical, intake air, discharge air, and condensate drains. All elements
shall be factory installed including source valve. All piping shall be factory
complete including all valves per NFPA 99 Fig. A-5.1.3.5.11.6.
FOR SCROLL TECHNOLOGY
14A. The compressors shall be a continuous duty rated scroll type with sealed
bearings. The design shall be single stage, air-cooled, consisting of one
fixed and one orbiting scroll sealed with PTFE tip seals between the scroll
halves and rated for 828 kPa (120 PSIG) discharge pressure. Orbiting
bearings shall be grease filled and permanently sealed type requiring no
lubrication at any time. Units requiring re-lubrication are not acceptable.
Noise level shall not exceed 75 dB(A) for duplex system, 78 dB(A) for
triplex system, and 80 dB(A) for quad system with pumps running at peak
demand. Belt tensioning shall be achieved with a pivoting motor mounting
base adjustable with one tensioning screw. Each compressor shall be
equipped with an integral air-cooled after cooler designed for a maximum
approach temperature of 7°C (15°F) at 37.8°C (100°F) ambient and
complete with electronic drain valve. The discharge of piping of each
compressor shall incorporate an integral valve to prevent more than 1/4
revolution of reverse rotation of the scroll at shutdown. The MGEM shall
include in their price all labor and parts required for normal maintenance of
the actual scroll compressor(s) (i.e. not including service for the package
and accessories) for the life of the compressor.
FOR RECIPROCATING TECHNOLOGY
14B. The compressors shall be single stage, air cooled, reciprocating type with
corrosion resistant valves with stainless steel reeds. The crankcase and
head shall be constructed of durable nodular graphite cast iron and
designed to be fully supported on both ends by heavy duty permanently
lubricated and sealed ball bearings. Aluminum crankcases and heads are
not acceptable. An insulated “heat cut” piston pin shall minimize the heat
transmission from the piston head to the connecting rod. Pistons with a
thermal coating are not acceptable. Each compressor head shall have an
in-head unloader. The maximum compressor rotation speed shall not
exceed 1180 RPM. Crankcase ventilation shall be filtered to prevent dust
and insects from entering the crankcase. All bearings shall be permanently
lubricated and sealed; pumps that require bearings to be re-greased are not
acceptable. Each compressor shall have an after cooler with approach
Revised: (4/09/2009)
temp of not greater than 5.7°C (12°F).
15. The complete medical air system and all electrical components shall be
factory pre-tested prior to shipment by the MGEM.
F.
Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal Pumps
1. Provide a complete WAGD source, complying with NFPA 99 5.1.3.7 in all
respects, as specified and scheduled on the drawings and as manufactured by
BeaconMedæs or pre-approved equal.
2. All components shall be at least duplexed and valved to permit service to any
component without interrupting WAGD supply to the facility during any
maintenance operation or any condition of single fault failure.
3. Furnish complete plant consisting of producer and controls capable of
providing the scheduled capacity with one producer out of service.
4. System shall be completely factory assembled. Systems requiring site
assembly are not acceptable (removal of components for shipping is
permitted).
5. Each producer will include inlet and outlet flex connectors supplied by the
MGEM.
6. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) will be used to implement operating
logic. PLC will have integral memory and EPROM backup. PLC shall control
the automatic alternation of the producers with provisions for simultaneous
operation if required, and automatic activation of reserve unit if required. A
lag alarm on control cabinet and contacts for the master alarm
will be
provided.
7. The complete control system and all electrical components shall be NEMA
12 and UL labeled. The control system shall provide:
a. Automatic lead/lag sequencing.
b. Circuit breaker disconnects for each producer with external operators.
Units with fuses instead of circuit breakers in motor circuit are not
acceptable.
c. Full voltage motor starters with overload protection.
d. Redundant 120 volt control circuit transformers.
e. Visual and audible reserve unit alarm with isolated contacts for remote
alarms and audio cancel.
f.
Control cabinet shall have lighted HOA selector switches
Revised: (4/09/2009)
g. Runtime hour-meter for each producer.
FOR LIQUID RING
8A. Provide oil-free, single-stage positive displacement, and non-pulsating
liquid ring type pumps. The pump will be fitted with mechanical seals.
Each pump will be of all iron construction with a bronze or stainless rotor
and carbon steel shaft. Maintenance intervals are calendar based and there
is no hours based maintenance. Under normal operation, system shall
minimize fresh seal water required. System shall include reservoir sufficient
for up to 48 hours operation without fresh water supply. System is self
contained. Provide vacuum regulation to maintain a maximum system
vacuum of 177 mmHg (7inHg). . Provide BeaconMedaes packaged WAGD
system using NASH pumps or pre-approved equal.
FOR CLAW
8B. Provide non contacting claw style rotary pumps. Internal construction is
friction free and rotors are non-contacting. Air end is oil free and requires
no sealants. Each pump is air cooled and continuous duty rated. Pump is
provided with a single lubricated gearbox requiring lubricant change not
more often than 5,000 operating hours. Pump is provided with exhaust
silencer. Pumps are equipped with high vacuum shutdown, high
temperature shutdown and alarm. Lubricant supplied shall be inert with
oxygen. Pump shall be provided with vacuum modulated variable speed
drive to control vacuum level at 177 mmHg (7inHg). Provide
BeaconMedaes OxyAssured pump or pre approved equal.
9.
The complete WAGD system and all electrical components shall be factory
pre-tested prior to shipment by the MGEM.
E. Instrument Air Compressor System
1.
Provide a complete Instrument air source, complying with all relevant
requirements of NFPA 99 5.1.3.8 and supplying instrument air continuously
for the life of the equipment.
2.
All components are valved to permit service to any component without
interrupting instrument air supply to the facility.
3.
Furnish a complete plant consisting of one compressor, receiver, simplex
air treatment system, backup manifold for at least one hour’s operation and
controls.
4.
System is modular, allowing for ease of shipment and handling on site. All
modules fit through a standard 36 inch door frame on a standard pallet
jack. System is completely factory assembled, requiring only
interconnection between modules on site. Systems requiring site assembly
other than interconnection are not acceptable (remounting of components
Revised: (4/09/2009)
removed for shipping is permitted).
5.
The control system is NEMA 12 and UL labeled. Provide in the control
system:
a. Automatic lead/lag sequencing and alternation (duplex compressor
only)
b. Circuit breaker disconnects for each compressor internal to the main
control cabinet and protected by the safety interlock of that cabinet.
c. Full voltage motor starter(s) with overload protection.
d. Redundant 120 Volt control circuit transformers (duplex compressor
only)
e. Visual and audible reserve unit alarm with isolated contacts for remote
alarm and cancelable audio.
f.
HOA lighted selector switches
g. Panel mounted pressure gauge.
h. Runtime hour-meters for each compressor.
i.
When HOA switches are in Hand mode, system will operate on
pressure switch and compressors will not run if lead switch is satisfied.
j.
Provide visual and audible alarm indication for high discharge air
temperature shutdown with isolated contacts for remote alarm.
k. Dryers are controlled from main control panel with selector switches
mounted on control panel.
l.
Controls to activate the reserve manifold if the compressor is unable to
supply the system. (simplex compressor only)
6.
Compressor motors shall be a NEMA rated, open drip proof unit with 1.15
service factor suitable for 208 or 230/460 volt.
7.
All moving parts (fans, pulleys and belts) shall be fully protected by an
OSHA approved enclosure.
8.
All support structures shall be a minimum of 10 Gauge Steel.
9.
The compressor modules and motors shall be fully isolated from the main
compressor base by means of a four point, heavy-duty isolation system for
a minimum of 95% isolation efficiency. Engineering data shall be
provided supporting isolation efficacy and equal weight distribution
between supports.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
10. Provide redundant instrument air treatment systems including desiccant
dryers, filters, and purifiers sized for peak calculated demand. Include
dew point monitor. Air treatment shall include:
a. Desiccant dryers producing a -40°C (-40°F) pressure dew point.
b. Mounted pre-filter rated for 0.01 micron with automatic drain and
element change indicator at the inlet to each dryer.
c. Final line coalescing filters rated for 0.01 micron with element change
indicators, charcoal absorbers, duplexed final line regulators, duplexed
safety relief valves shall be factory mounted and piped at the outlet of
each dryer.
11. System piping shall be brazed except where unions are required for
service. Vibration flexes shall be all metal. Systems using rubber flex
connectors with hose clamps are not acceptable.
12. Provide corrosion resistant, ASME Coded, National Board Certified,
receiver rated for a minimum 300 PSIG design pressure. Include a liquid
level glass, safety relief valve, manual drain valve, and a screened
automatic solenoid valve. During normal operation the flow of air will
travel through the tank to allow water to condense in tank.
13. The complete instrument air package shall be pre-wired, pre-piped and
assembled on one common base with single point connections for
electrical, intake air, discharge air, and condensate drains. All elements
shall be factory installed including source valve. All piping shall be
factory complete including all valves per NFPA 99 Fig. A-5.1.3.5.11.6.
14. The compressors shall be two stage, air cooled, reciprocating type capable
of 200 psig minimum. Each compressor shall have an after cooler with
approach temp of not greater than 5.6°C (12°F).
15. The complete instrument air system and all electrical components shall be
factory pre-tested prior to shipment by the MGEM.
F.
MEDICAL GAS OUTLET STATIONS:
1. Medical gas outlet stations shall be modular, quick-disconnect recessed
type geometric key style or DISS screw thread recessed type as
manufactured by BeaconMedaes. Threaded DISS connector shall be per
CGA standards. Coordinate type of outlets with space users.
2. Outlets shall be field assembled with sequences and services indicated.
Centerline spacing of multiple outlets shall be 5 inches minimum.
3.
Outlet stations shall have a die cast light gray epoxy powder coated trim
plate. Furnish indexed rough in and gas specific latch valve with noninterchangeable safety keying and with color coded gas service
Revised: (4/09/2009)
identification. The safety keying index pins shall be permanently
captured in the latch assembly and irremovable without destroying the
outlet. Designs with index pins molded in plastic are not acceptable.
4.
The geometric key style latch mechanisms shall be designed for one
handed, single thrust mounting and one handed fingertip release of
secondary equipment.
5.
The complete outlet shall be made, cleaned and packaged to NFPA 99
Standards, UL Listed and CSA certified. Medical gas outlets shall be
cleaned for oxygen service in accordance with CGA Pamphlet G-4.1.
The assembly shall be capped and the finish assembly poly bagged for
shipment.
6.
The rough in assembly shall be of modular design and include a gas
specific 16 gauge steel mounting plate designed to permit on-site ganging
of multiple outlets, on 5 inch center line spacing. A machined brass
outlet block shall be permanently attached to the mounting bracket to
permit the 1/2” OD, type-K copper inlet to swivel 360 degrees for
attachment to the piping system. The rough in assembly shall contain a
double seal to prevent gas leakage between the rough in and latch-valve
assemblies after the wall is finished. A single o-ring seal shall not be
acceptable.
7.
The geometric key style latch-valve assembly shall telescope up to 3/4” to
allow for variation in finished wall thickness from 1/2” to 1-1/4”.
8.
DISS Outlets shall be used for all ceiling mount applications.
9.
Furnish hose assemblies for all ceiling outlets for the finished ceiling
height as indicated on drawings. Provide each hose with a heavy-duty
chain type dual retractor for pressure gases and dual for vacuum.
Retractors made of stainless cable are not acceptable. Allow an extra
18” of hose length for retractors.
G. Nitrogen (N2) and Instrument Air (IA) Control Panels:
1. Nitrogen and IA control panels shall be designed to deliver variable pressures
to power pneumatic surgical tools.
2. The control panel shall be provided with a 0-300 psig pressure gauge, shutoff
valve, pressure regulator, delivery pressure gauge and outlet. A quarter turn
of the valve handle shall be required to obtain a fully “open” or “closed”
position.
3. An adjustable self relieving type pressure regulator, with an operating range
of 10 to 250 psi.
4. Control panels shall be pre-piped internally requiring only external supply
line connections. Additional outlets in the same room may be connected to
Revised: (4/09/2009)
the remote outlet pigtail furnished in the control panel. Remote outlets shall
be regulated by
the adjustable pressure regulator within the panel and shall match the
nitrogen control panel outlet.
5. Control panels shall be available in horizontal or vertical orientation.
H. MEDICAL GAS VALVES
1. All Medical Gas Valves shall be specially prepared for oxygen service and
shall conform to NFPA 99. Valves shall be ball-type, with Teflon seats and
adjusting stem packing gland with Teflon stem seal.
2. Ball valves shall be rated 600 WOG, actuate from full “ON” to full “OFF” by
90 degree turn of vinyl gripped valve handle.
3. Furnish and install only valves with factory installed type K copper tubing
extensions.
4. Valves not in valve boxes shall be provided with locking handles,
BeaconMedæs series 4255 (locks to be provided by contractor to owner).
5. All valves shall be cleaned for oxygen, capped and sealed in a polyethylene
bag for shipping and storage.
6. Valve boxes shall be constructed of 18 gauge steel with white enamel finish.
The valve box shall have a sliding, opaque door with pull ring and clear
gauge window. The removable window cannot be replaced when any valve
is closed. The frame assembly shall be capable of adjusting for variances in
wall thickness up to 1”. The window shall conceal piping and mounting
screws. Window shall be labeled “Caution - Medical Gas Shut - Off Valves Close Only in Emergency.” Provide clear viewing space in the window to
display the gas service, the pressure gauges and the label for areas controlled
by the valve.
7. Provide color coded self-adhesive gas labels for compliance with NFPA 99
labeling requirements. Apply labels to each valve in the assembly for gas
service identification according to manufactures recommendations.
8. Zone valves shall include a 1 1/2 inch pressure gauge reading 0 to 100 psig
for oxygen, air, nitrous oxide; 0 to 300 psig for nitrogen; and 0 to 30 HG for
vacuum and WAGD. The gauge port shall be equipped with removable
plug for pressure testing before final assembly of gauge.
9. All zone valve boxes assemblies shall read pressure downstream and vacuum
upstream of the valve per NFPA 99. Valves shall be piped left to right with
right being on patient side.
10. All main line, riser, service, and futures valves as scheduled on the drawings
Revised: (4/09/2009)
shall include plugged 1/8 nptf ports on inlet and outlet.
I.
MEDICAL GAS ALARM SYSTEMS
1. General Requirements
a. All Medical Gas Alarm panels shall be UL listed as an assembly and shall
include factory wiring, transformers, and circuitry requiring only 115 or
230 volt primary power.
b. Alarm panels shall meet the FCC Part 15, Subpart B and ICES-003 to
reduce possibility of magnetic radiation interference with other
equipment.
c. The alarm shall arrive on the job site pre-configured as shown on the
drawings and schedules or shall be configured by MGEM personnel at no
additional charge.
d. Alarm shall supervise its wiring to sensors and switches, indicating at the
relevant panel(s) if any wire is cut, disconnected or open.
e. Each signal will include an indicator light to signify the condition
monitored. Activation of any switch will light its LED and actuate the
audio alarm.
f.
Each panel shall include a power on indicator and test function for testing
all modules electrically.
g. Alarms shall include features permitting field adjustment of alarm volume
and display intensity.
h. Termination of alarm wiring to be done by or under supervision of
manufacturer of alarm.
i.
Network communication implementation provides browse, download,
configure, and troubleshooting of Master Alarms and Area Alarms with a
personal computer that is connected to the facility’s Ethernet. The
alarm’s Web pages are built-in; no setup is required.
j.
Medical Gas contractor to include as separate price all labor, materials,
specialist subcontractors, programming and other costs required for full
advertised functionality of alarm network. Contractor shall coordinate
with
owners Information Technology (I.T.) personnel as required, but is not
permitted to use owner’s I.T. personnel for system installation.
k. Alarm shall include protocol card allowing connection to the facility’s
Ethernet network. Alarms shall require no special programming or
software to allow remote interrogation through any computer on the same
Revised: (4/09/2009)
intranet. MGEM personnel shall be responsible for alarm configuration
at no additional charge.
l.
Provide owner with any software and manuals required for interface at
time of commissioning at no additional charge.
2. Master Alarms
a. Furnish exact duplicate Master Alarm Panels at the two locations shown
on the plans.
b. Wire the master alarm panel’s alarms directly to the individual
sensors/switches, furnishing duplicate sensors/switches as required for
compliance with NFPA 99 5.1.9.2.4. Low voltage shielded wire shall be
provided and installed by this contractor.
c. Alarms shall be tested, labeled and fully operational for owner. Where
alarm configuration in software is necessary, it shall be provided by
MGEM representative at no additional charge.
d. Provide alarm points as indicated in NFPA 99 Table A.5.1.9.2. and as
detailed on drawings.
e. Master alarm panels shall be fully compatible with owner’s Ethernet
network as supplied.
3.
Area Alarms
a. Each area alarm shall include a rough in including power supply, a
sensor for each specific gas, and one digital display for each specific gas.
b. The power supply shall be of the universal switching type (100-250VAC,
50/60/440Hz, 120-300VDC). Power supply shall be fused to protect the
system from voltage and amperage surges. Alarm shall clearly indicate
when power is on.
c. The area alarm shall provide an audible and visual signal when an
advisory or a fault signal is received. Signal limits shall be factory set,
with the ability to be field adjusted without the use of tools.
d. Each panel shall provide continuous digital display of the vacuum or
pressure, high pressure LED indicator, low pressure (or vacuum) LED
indicator and a Normal LED indicator.
e. The Sensor shall contain a transducer to drive the Digital Module.
Sensors shall be gas specific, provided with integral demand checks and
capable of mounting directly in the gas pipeline system above the ceiling.
Connectors shall be provided for attaching field wiring. Remote sensors
Revised: (4/09/2009)
shall have a DISS demand fitting.
f.
Furnish and install the alarm. Coordinate the power wiring with Division
16. Low voltage shielded signal wiring will be provided and installed by
this contractor.
g. Termination of signal wiring at alarm location will be done by or under
supervision of manufacturer of alarm.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A. Bases and Site preparation
1. Contractor shall furnish 4 inch high concrete housekeeping pads under all
medical air, instrument air, vacuum and WAGD plant in this section. Refer
to Division 3 for formwork, reinforcement and concrete requirements.
2. Contractor shall furnish inertia bases in lieu of housekeeping pads where the
equipment installed is not factory isolated by the manufacturer.
3. Cast anchor bolts into bases.
B.
Pipe work
1. All installation shall be performed in strict accordance with NFPA 99 5.1.10.
Brazing procedures shall be as detailed in NFPA 99 5.1.10.5. Brazing shall
be performed only by brazers qualified under NFPA 99 5.1.10.10.11 and
ASSE 6010.
2. Where piping runs underground, install in accordance with NFPA 99
5.1.10.10.5.
3. Copper, tubing, valves and fittings shall be pre cleaned and prepared for
oxygen service by the manufacturer and received sealed on the job.
Certificates of origin and of proper preparation shall be maintained on the job
site attesting the above.
4. The use of flux is prohibited when making of joints between copper to
copper pipes and fittings.
5. During any brazing operation, the interior of the pipe shall be purged
continuously with oil free, dry nitrogen NF, following the procedure in NFPA
99 5.1.10.5.5. At the completion of any section, all open pipe ends shall be
capped using an EXTERNAL cap.
6. Threaded joints in piping systems shall be avoided whenever possible.
Where unavoidable, make up the male threads with polytetrafluorofethylene
Revised: (4/09/2009)
(such as Teflon) tape. Do not use liquid sealants.
7. Piping shall be supported with pipe trays or hangers at intervals as shown on
the drawings or as defined in NFPA 99 Table 5.1.10.10.4.5. Piping shall not
be supported by other piping. Isolation of copper piping from dissimilar
metals shall be of a firm, positive nature. Duct tape is not acceptable as an
isolation material.
8. After installation of the piping, but before installation of the outlet valves,
blow lines clear using nitrogen NF.
9. Piping exposed to physical damage shall be protected.
10. Label piping with name of gas service, identification color and direction of
flow. Where non-standard pressures are piped, label for pressure. Labels
shall be placed at least once every 20 feet of linear run or once in each story
(whichever is more frequent). A label shall additionally be placed
immediately on each side of each wall or floor penetration. Pipe labels shall
be self adhesive vinyl or other water resistant material with permanent
adhesive colored in accordance with NFPA 99 Table 5.1.11 and shall be
visible on all sides of the pipe. Pipe labels shall be BeaconMedæs Series 6435.
11.
Alarms and valves shall be labeled for gas service and areas monitored or
controlled. Coordinate with owner for final room or area designations.
Label valves with name and identification color of the gas and direction of
flow.
12.
Piping penetrating an electromagnetic shield shall have an isolation device
on each side of shield.
C. Labeling
1.
Label the medical gas pipelines per NFPA 99 5.1.11 and as follows:
a. Label each master alarm signal for function after ring out.
b. Label each zone valve and area alarm for the area of control or
surveillance after test.
2.
3.2
Labels shall be permanent and of a type approved by the owner. Owner
will specify approved bar coded tags, wall placards, and pipe labeling.
INSTALLER TESTING
A. Prior to declaring the lines ready for final verification, the installing contractor
shall follow strictly the procedures for verification as described in NFPA 99
Revised: (4/09/2009)
5.1.12.2 and attest in writing;
1. That all brazing was conducted by brazers qualified to ASSE 6010 and
holding current medical gas endorsements.
2. That all brazing was conducted with nitrogen NF purging. (Procedure per
NFPA 99 5.1.10.5.5). Nitrogen cylinder must have a low contents alarm.
3. That the lines have been blown clear of any construction debris using oil free
dry nitrogen or air are clean and ready for use. (Procedure per NFPA 99
5.1.12.2.2). An oxygen analyzer must be used to verify concentration when
brazing at all times.
4. That the assembled piping, prior to the installation of any devices,
maintained a test pressure 1 1/2 times the standard pressures listed in NFPA
99 Table 5.1.11 without leaks. (Procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.2.3).
5. That after installation of all devices, the pipeline was proven leak free for 24
hours at a pressure 20% above the standard pressures listed in NFPA 99
Table 5.1.11. (Procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.2.2.6)
6. That the systems have been checked for cross connections and none were
found. (Procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.2.4)
7. That the manufacturer has started up all medical air compressors, medical
vacuum pumps WAGD producers, liquid oxygen system(s) and manifolds,
and that they are in operating order.
8. The Contractor shall furnish documentation attesting that all installed piping
materials were purchased cleaned and plugged or capped in accordance with
the requirements of NFPA 99 5.1.10.1 and 5.1.10.2. Contractor must also
provide Certificates of Conformance indicating that all piping materials meet
the metallurgical specifications set forth in ASTM B819.
9. Installer shall provide installers report and piping certificates prior to tie in.
10. All new piping shall be tested for particulate and purity, one (1) week prior to
tie in by CHT using Nitrogen NF.
11. All labeling and alarm wiring must be completed prior to verification.
B. Provide four originals of the affidavit, distributed; (1) to the engineer, (1) to the
owners representative, (1) to the general contractor and (1) to the verifier.
3.3
VERIFIER TESTING
A. Prior to handing over the systems to the owner, the owner shall retain CHT ( 216255-9607), who shall follow strictly the procedures for verification as described
Revised: (4/09/2009)
in NFPA 99 5.1.12.3 and provide a written report and certificate which contains
at least the following:
1.
A current ACORD insurance certificate indicating professional liability
coverage in the minimum amount of $1 Million per occurrence, and
general aggregate liability in the minimum amount of $1 Million, valid and
in force when the project is to be verified. General liability insurance is not
alone acceptable.
2.
A listing of all tests performed, listing each source, outlet, valve and alarm
included in the testing.
3.
A statement that equipment used was calibrated every year by a method
traceable to a National Bureau of Standard Reference and enclosing
certificates or other evidence of such calibration(s). Where outside
laboratories are used in lieu of on-site equipment, those laboratories shall
be named and their original reports enclosed.
4.
A statement that where and when needed, equipment was re calibrated
during the verification process and describing the method(s) used.
5.
A statement that the systems were tested and found to be free of debris to a
procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.7.
6.
The flow from each outlet when tested to a procedure per NFPA 995.1.12.3.10.
7.
A statement that the systems were tested and found to have no crossconnections to a procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.3.
8.
A statement that the systems were tested and found to be free of
contaminants to a procedure per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.8 except that the purity
standard shall be 2 ppm difference for halogenated hydrocarbons and 1
ppm total hydrocarbons (as methane).
9.
A statement that all local signals function as required under NFPA 99
5.1.3.4.7 and as per the relevant NFPA 99 sections relating to the sources.
10.
A listing of local alarms, their function and activation per NFPA 99
5.1.12.3.14.
11.
A listing of master alarms, their function and activation, including pressures
for high and low alarms per NFPA 99 5.1.12.3.5.2.
12.
A listing of area alarms, their function and activation pressures per NFPA 99
5.1.12.3.5.3.
13.
A statement that the sources include all alarms required by NFPA 99 Table
A.5.1.9.5.
Revised: (4/09/2009)
14.
The concentration of each component of NFPA 99 Table 5.1.12.3.12 in the
medical air after 24 hours of operation of the medical air source.
15.
The concentration of each gas at each outlet as specified in NFPA 99
5.1.12.3.11.
16.
A statement that all valves and alarms are accurately labeled as to zone of
control.
B. Provide four originals of this report and distributed accordingly; (1) to the
engineer, (1) to the owner’s representative, (1) to the general contractor and (1) to
the installing contractor.
SPECIAL NOTES:
1. All permits are responsibility of Contractor; State, Local and Cleveland Clinic, as
needed.
2. System shutdowns of the Medical gases shall be arranged with CHT (216-255-9607)
and Cleveland Clinic. All shutdowns shall be scheduled one week in advance and use
documentation in ASSE 6000, Annex J.
3. Contractor will be responsible for determining shutdown schedule and coordinating
with CHT for verification and Cleveland Clinic respiratory for interruption of
service.
4. All parties (Construction, Engineering, Facilities and CHT) must approve the
Medical gas system shut down procedure before maintenance schedules the field
work.
5. CHT must review all drawings containing Medical gases prior to construction and
verify any required changes are made before drawings are issued.
6. All service valves, if available, shall have dual ports for purging and verification
testing.
Revised 2/15/2007
SECTION 15250 – INSULATION
1. All products must meet a flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 50.
2. If asbestos insulation is discovered or suspected the CCF Project Manager
must be notified immediately so the material can be tested. If the material is
found to contain asbestos, removal will be coordinated by the CCF Project
Manager.
3. Protect fiberglass insulation installed outdoors or in areas subject to moisture
with two coats of glass fiber reinforcing fabric imbedded in a weather barrier
mastic and covered with a 0.016 inch thick aluminum jacket. Position seams at
the 3 or 9 o’clock position of the side of the horizontal piping with 2 inch overlap
facing down to shed water.
4. Provide duct wrappings on hazardous duct systems such as isotope and
radioactive material hoods. Coordinate requirements on a per project basis with
the Radiation Safety Department.
5. Insulation type and application manufacturers: Owens-Corning, Knauf,
Armstrong, Certain Teed Mason, Remco Technology, Inc. (removable/reusable
insulation covers), 3M (kitchen hood exhaust).
A. OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS: ASJ/SSL-II (3LB/CF DENSITY)
ONE PIECE PIPE INSULATION WITH VABOR BARRIER Service High
press. steam (75 psi and above) Medium press. steam (16 psi to 74 psi)
Low press. steam (15 psi and below) Steam condensate return
Condensate pump discharge Boiler feed Exhaust steam (vent and relief)
Blowdown Heating water Chilled water Domestic, industrial and laboratory
cold water Domestic, industrial and laboratory hot water Recirculating hot
water Domestic, Industrial and Laboratory Horizontal storm conductors
Horizontal and vertical emergency storm conductors Air conditioning
condensate drain (not in unit cabinets) Horizontal sanitary piping carrying
A/C condensate drainage
B. AP ARMAFLEX: 1/2 INCH THICK PIPE INSULATION Service
Rev. B (2/07)
Revised 2/15/2007
Air conditioning condensate drain within air conditioning unit cabinets Refrigerant
suction Hot gas bypass Liquid line (exterior to the building) Heating water (buried below
floor) Chilled water (buried below floor) Chilled water within air conditioning unit
cabinets Domestic hot and cold water (buried below floor) Water cooler trap and waste
Execution
C.
Insulate all valves and fittings to match piping, making a continuous seal Finish
insulation installed outdoors with two coats of Armaflex WP finish.
AP ARMAFLEX: 1 INCH THICK SHEET INSULATION
Service
Chilled water pump bodies and accessoriesDomestic water booster pump bodiesPlate and frame
heat exchangersChilled and hot water air separatorsChilled and hot water expansion tanksTraps
of floor drain receiving A.C. condensate
Execution
Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must beopened for
periodic inspection or service.Provide removable insulation sections to cover equipment
nameplates or ASMEstamps. Tag surfaces of the sections to indicate location of information.
D.
OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS 705: ALL SERVICE JACKET (ASJ) EQUIPMENT
INSULATION (Density 6 pounds per cubic foot)
Service
Heat exchangers Condensate receivers Deaerator storage tank and heater section Feed water tank
Blowdown separator Domestic hot water storage tanks Steam water heaters Exposed supply air
and return air ductwork (in non-air conditioned spaces and mechanical rooms) including
standing seams, flanges and steel supports Exposed outside air intake ductwork Air
Conditioning unit mixed and supply air plenums including standing seams and steel angle
framing Water softener tanks Roof drain sumps Heating coils not integral with air handling units
Reheat coils not integral with air terminal units
Execution
E.
Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must beopened for
periodic inspection and service.Do not insulate over equipment nameplates or ASME stamps,
bevel and sealinsulation edges at these locations.
OWENS-CORNING ALL SERVICE FACED DUCTWRAP TYPE 100: 2 INCH THICK
Service
Supply air ductwork including all steel supports Concealed outside air intake ductwork (above
ceilings and in shafts and chases) Concealed return air ductwork in non-conditioned spaces VVT
system supply air ductwork VVT system by-pass air ductwork
Execution
Include insulation of sound attenuators and automatic and manual dampers.Do not insulate over
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 77 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
manual dampers handles and automatic or smoke damperactuators.Do not insulate over access
doors. Utilize double wall insulated access doors inducts that are insulated.
F.
3M FIREMASTER GREASE DUCTWRAP: 3 INCHES THICK (2 – 1-1/2 INCH LAYERS)
Service
Kitchen hood exhaust ductwork
G.
OWENS-CORNING HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPE INSULATION 1200 (1200 DEGREES F
AND BELOW)
Service
Insulate exhaust piping installed outdoors where sufficient clearance to combustibles
does not exist.
Emergency Generator Exhaust Piping 4 inch thick (multiple layers) Emergency
Generator Exhaust Piping 4 inch thick (multiple layers)
Execution
Where pipe penetrates a wall, ceiling or roof provide thimble, airspace and
counterflashing.
H.
REMCO TECHNOLOGY, INC. ONE PIECE REMOVABLE AND REUSABLE
INSULATION COVERS
Service
Control valves
Pressure regulating valves (HVAC and Plumbing Systems)
SECTION 15300 – FIRE PROTECTION
1. General
A.
Refer to the appendix for the Cleveland Clinic Foundation Fire Protection Design
Standards.
B.
Submit shop drawings to the CCF Fire Protection Coordinator prior to submitting for
permit.
2. Pipe and Fittings
A.
Rev. B (2/07)
Pipe, tube, and fittings shall be welded or seamless steel or copper (see exception) as
scheduled in the latest edition of NFPA-13.
1)
2 inch and smaller: Schedule 40 black steel pipe with malleable iron
threaded fittings. (Exception: In remodeled areas where the existing
system is copper Type “L” copper with wrought copper solder joint fittings
is acceptable).
2)
2-1/2 inch through 5 inch: Schedule 10 black steel with roll-grooved steel
Page 78 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
fittings. (Exception: Standpipes 4 inch and smaller shall be Schedule 40 roll
grooved pipe)
3)
6 inch and above: Black steel pipe with wall thickness schedule in the latest
edition of NFPA-13; rolled groove fittings.
B.
Dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler system piping shall be Schedule 40
galvanized threaded steel pipe and fittings.
C.
Piping jointed with threaded fittings or by couplings with pipe having cut grooves shall
have a minimum of Schedule 40 wall thickness. Piping joined with roll-grooved pipe
and fittings shall have a minimum of Schedule 10 wall thickness.
D.
Pipe and tube used in sprinkler and standpipe system shall be designed to withstand
a working pressure of not less than 175 PSI in general, this must be verified on a per
project basis and most never be lower.
E.
Grooved piping system components shall be Victaulic Company of America or
Grinnel Supply Sales Company.
3. Valves
A.
B.
General: All shut-off valves located above ceilings must be marked on ceiling tiles.
Shutoff valves in the fire and standpipe system shall be UL listed and FM approved
OS & Y gate valves or butterfly valves, minimum 175 PSI. WWP (verify pressure
requirement on a per project basis).
C.
Check valves in fire lines and sprinkler lines shall be UL iron body bronze
mounted checks, flanged ends, minimum 175 PSI. WWP (verify pressure
requirement on a per project basis).
D.
Valves ahead of flow switches shall contain tamper switches.
E.
Shut-off valves in pipe 2-1/2 inches and smaller: Milwaukee No. BB-SCS02 Slow Clsoe
valve, bronze body, threaded or grooved ends, butterfly valve with manual operator,
position indicator and built in supervisory switch with two sets of contacts. Equivalent
valve manufactured by Grinnell is acceptable. Shut-off valves 3 inch and larger: OS & Y
gate valves or Victaulic Series 708W butterfly valve.
F.
Fire protection sprinkler inspector’s test valves shall be bronze ball valve type. Gate or
globe valves are not acceptable. Mount no higher than 7 feet above finished floor.
G.
Double check valves for fire protection service shall be double check detector assembly
consisting of two outside stem and yoke resilient wedge gate valves, two check valves,
and a water meter assembly, factory assembled in a UL listed unit. Device must be FM
approved and serviceable without removal from the pipeline.
H.
Accessories:
1)
Rev. B (2/07)
Fused epoxy coated iron body with FDA approved seats and disc holder.
Page 79 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
2)
Stainless steel internal parts, replaceable bronze seats.
3)
Bypass line shall include an approved Watts No. 709 double check valve
assembly and water meter.
4)
Manufacturers: Watts Series 709 DCDA, Febco or Hersey.
5)
Fire department valves (standpipes): 2-1/2 inch angle type with local fire
department threads, provide 2-1/2 inch to 1-1/2 inch reducer, cap and chain.
4. Sprinkler Heads
B.
C.
A. All heads must be UL listed, FM approved and meet NFPA requirements.
In remodeled areas match existing heads in surrounding areas. If this is not possible
submit a sample head intended for use to the CCF Facilities Engineering Department.
In new building construction where ceilings exist use one of the following
concealed heads:
1) Central GB-FR, Grinnel F690, Star S110Qr. White cover plate, quick
response.
2) Any other proposed heads must be submitted to the CCF Facilities
Engineering Department for approval prior to commencing work.
3) Provide three sprinkler head wrenches to the CCF Facilities Engineering
Department at the completion of work.
D.
Where ceilings do not exist or sidewall sprinkler heads are indicated or utilized
acceptable manufacturers are Central or Viking.
E.
Provide quick response heads throughout smoke compartments containing patient care
areas.
F.
In new construction provide a spare stock of sprinkler heads of each type utilized on the
project per NFPA requirements. Provide a metal cabinet to house spare heads labeled
“Sprinkler Heads” and mount where directed by the CCF Plumbing Shop or Local
Maintenance Staff.
At the conclusion of renovated projects, provide spare heads and deliver to the CCF
Plumbing Shop or local maintenance staff.
5. Fire Hose Cabinets
A.
Fire hose/cabinet – Series 2300. Crocker recessed cabinet, 18 gauge steel tube with
white enamel finish interior, prime exterior, aluminum trim door style.
B.
Provide 2-1/2 inch pressure restricting angle valve, hose rack, 100 feet 1-1/2 inch hose
with fog nozzle and 2-1/2 inch to 1-1/2 inch reducer with local fire department thread.
C.
Control valves to have rough brass finish and be UL listed and FM approved, rated
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 80 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
for 175 PSI.
D.
E.
Hose shall be single jacket rubber lined 1-1/2 inch size, 100% synthetic jacket with
Dacron filler rated for 300 PSI test pressure. Provide cast brass expansion ring
couplings. Provide Crocker No. 3463 cast brass adjustable fog nozzle 1-1/2 inch size,
on-off fog or straight stream.
Color of cabinet to be selected by Architect.
F.
Label “Fire Hose Cabinet” with red label and 1-1/8 inch high lettering.
G.
Coordinate with Architect to the requirement of having a fire extinguisher within the
cabinet. Modify labeling accordingly.
H.
Manufacturers: Crocker, Elkart, Potter-Roemer.
6. Flow Switches
A.
Provide Potter Electric Signal Co. VSR-F, Notifier vanetype waterflow switch where
indicated. Size as required for piping served. Provide with 2 sets of SPDT contacts and
incorporate and adjustable retard. Switch shall be UL listed and FM approved. Division
16 to wire to building fire alarm system.
7. Tamper Switches
A.
Provide Potter Electric Signal Co. OSYSU-A2, Notifier or equal 125V gate valve switch.
Provide with 2 sets of SPDT contacts. Switch shall be UL listed and FM approved.
Division 16 to wire to the building fire alarm system.
8. Fire Pump and Accessories
A.
UL listed and FM approved horizontal split case, cast iron, bronze fitted, centrifugal
type. 1780 rpm maximum. Mount pump and driver on a common base complete
with OSHA approved flexible coupling and safety cover.
B.
Unit must be automatic start based on system pressure drop and manual
shutdown.
C.
Motors must be open drip-proof listed for fire pump service.
D.
Fire Pump Controllers: Combined manual and automatic type design for wyedelta start
with closed transition. Furnish with Resselectic transfer switches (where applicable), a
separate set of dry contacts for connection to a fire alarm panel, low suction stop and
alarm panel, and an IRI approved remote alarm panel. Acceptable control panel
manufacturers are Hubble or Firetrol.
E.
Jockey Pumps: Centrifugal, multi-stage, close coupled vertical type with electric motor.
Provide with a separate dedicated control panel containing a combination magnetic
starter with “Hand-Off-Auto” switch, fusible disconnect, and pressure switch.
The Pump Manufacturers designated representative must be present for the field
acceptance and NFPA performance test.
F.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 81 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
G.
Send start-up documentation to CCF Fire Protection Coordinator and Engineer within
seven days of test and include in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
H.
Manufacturers: Patterson, Peerless.
9. Clean Agent Extinguishing Systems
A.
Coordinate system requirement with CCF on a per project basis.
B.
System shall be an FM-200 type system as furnished by FIKE, Chemetron or Thorn.
SECTION 15410 – PLUMBING FIXTURES
1.
General
A.
Fixture trim such as faucets, traps, stops extensions, escutcheons and flush valves will be
chrome plated brass.
B.
Supports will be concealed chair carriers with foot support for wall mounted
fixtures.
C.
Insulate all traps and supplies with insulated safety covers at ADA sink and lav
locations. Manufacturer: Truebro “Handi-lav” Guard Kit.
D.
Coordinate all spout, outlet and handle types with space users on a per project basis.
E.
Provide sink traps made of polypropylene and fastened with a threaded mechanical joint
for all sinks served by acid waste systems and where corrosive materials could be
wasted.
F.
Stops: Loose key straight or angle type, metal stems, threaded or compression type,
rubber washer must be held in place by a brass or stainless steel set screw inside a
reinforcing cup.
G.
Faucet manufacturers: Chicago, Engineered Brass.
H.
The following are general fixture types. The responsibility of coordination of all fixtures
with the space users lies with the design team and must be done on a per project basis.
1) Water Closets
a.
Wall hung, elongated bowl, flush valve, top spud, siphon jet action.
b.
Manufacturers: American Standard, Eljer, Kohler, Acorn (stainless steel).
c.
Water Closet Seats – heavy duty, commercial grade, white, open front, check hinges.
Manufacturers: Church, Beneke, Olsonite, Sperzel.
2) Urinals
a. Wall hung, flushing rim, flush valve, top spud, blowout action.
b. Manufacturers: American Standard, Eljer, Kohler. 3) Flush Valves
a.
Exposed, top spud.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 82 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
b.
Provide electrically operated water closet and urinal auto (sensor operated) flush valves
in public areas.
c.
Manufacturers: Sloan, Zurn (Manual flush valves). Sloan, Speakman, Chicago (auto
flush valves and faucets)
4) Carriers
a. Manufacturers: Jay R. Smith, Zurn 5) Lavatories
a.
Counter or wall hang type with backsplash and concealed arms.
b. Manufacturers: American Standard, Eljer, Kohler, Acorn (stainless steel). 6) Lavatory Fittings
a.
Drain - non-removable strainer with 1-1/2 inch tailpiece Chicago Faucet No 327ACP11/2TP, 17 gauge “P” trap with cleanout.
b.
Provide electrically operated auto faucets in all public restrooms.
c.
Manufacturers: Chicago, Water Saver Faucet Company (manual faucets)
Chicago, Speakman (auto faucets) 7) Sinks
a. 18 gauge stainless steel, sound deadened underside, non-removable flat grid strainer, Chicago
Faucet No. 327ACP1-1/2TP, 17 guage "P" trap with cleanout.
b. Manufacturers: Just, Elkay 8) Sink Fittings
a. Provide vacuum breakers.
b. Manufacturers: Chicago, Water Saver Faucet Company. 9) Mop Basins
a. One piece molded stone, 3 inch drain.
b. Provide vacuum breakers.
c. Manufacturers: Fiat, Mustee.
d. Fittings: Chicago, Water Saver Faucet Company. 10) Electric Water Coolers
a. Trap and Waste insulated with 1/2 inch Armaflex pipe insulation.
b. Manufacturers: Elkay, Halsey Taylor, Haws, Oasis 11) Clinical Sink
a. Provide vacuum breakers.
b. Manufacturers: American Standard, Eljer, Kohler. 12) Scrub Sink (surgical units)
a. Manufacturers: Steris, Elkay (custom), Just (custom). 13)Showers
a. Manufacturers: Bradley, Fiat, Kohler, Mustee
b. Provide vacuum breakers where the possibility of back siphoning exists. 14)Bathtubs
a. Manufacturers: Bradley, Fiat, Kohler, Mustee, Aquarius. 15) Bath and Shower Fittings
a. Manufacturer: Chicago, Powers
b. Provide vacuum breakers.16) Lavatory/Toilet Combination
a. All stainless steel construction.
b. Manufacturers: Acorn, Bradley
17) Emergency Showers
a. Provide tempered water
b. Manufacturers: Bradley, Encon, Haws, Speakman 18) Emergency Eye Wash
a. Provide tempered water
b. Manufacturers: Bradley, Encon, Haws, Speakman
SECTION 15430 – PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
1.
Plumbing Supply Specialties
A.
Rev. B (2/07)
Vacuum Breakers
Page 83 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
1) Atmospheric or pressure type as required by piping arrangement. 2)
Manufacturers: Watts, Febco, Hersey.
B.
Water Hammer Arrestors 1) Provide before
equipment having automatic, quick closing
solenoid valves such as ice machine, scope
washers, coffee makers, glass washers, etc.
2) Where used access must be provided. 3) Manufacturers: Precisions
Plumbing Products, Siouxchief.
C.
Wall Hydrants
1)
Provide freeze-proof wall hydrants on the exterior of all newly constructed
buildings with a maximum spacing of 100 linear feet.
2)
Bronze nickel plated, quarter turn, ¾ inch hose connection, integral
vacuum breaker, vandal resistant cap.
Manufacturers: Jay R. Smith
3)
D.
Hose Bibbs
1)
Provide in areas where water is required for maintenance of mechanical equipment.
2) Cold water supply only: Polished chrome finish, vacuum breaker, ¾ inch hose outlet. Chicago
Faucet No 952.
Hot and cold water supply: Chrome finish, spout with vacuum breaker, ¾ inch hose
thread outlet, pailhook, metal lever handles, integral stops.
Chicago Faucet No. 305-VB-R.
E.
Backflow Preventers 1) Where used provide pressure gauges on inlet and outlet. 2) Provide a
strainer on sizes 2 inch and smaller. 3) A.S.S.E. Approved. 4) Manufacturers: Watts, Febco,
Hersey.
F.
Trap Primers 1) Provide at all floor drains. All
feeds must occur below floor except for
mechanical rooms where distance between trap
primer and floor drain
does not exceed 3 feet. 2) Must be capable of feeding multiple drains. 3) Where used
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 84 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
installation must meet ASSE requirements to prevent back
siphonage.
4) Manufacturers: Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
G.
Water Pressure Regulators 1) Self-contained, adjustable, bronze body. 2) Where used provide
valved bypass and pressure gauges upstream and
downstream.
3)
I.
Manufacturers: Watts, Cash Acme, Fisher.
Water Temperature Regulating Valves1) Provide inline check valves.2) Manufacturers:
Powers, Symmons, Leonard.
2.
Plumbing Drainage Specialties
A.
Manufacturers: Jay R. Smith1) Roof Drains2) Cleanouts3) Floor Drains4) Area Drains5)
Trench Drains
3.
Plumbing Supply Equipment
A.
Expansion Tanks
1) Manufacturers: Amtrol
B.
In-Line Circulators 1) Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Aurora, Paco, Taco, Grundfoss
C.
Gas Fired Water Heaters (Less than 50 gallon, tank-type) 1)
Manufacturers: A. O. Smith, State, Lochinvar
D.
Electric Water Heaters (Less than 50 gallon, tank-type) 1) Manufacturers: A.
O. Smith, State, Lochinvar, Ruud
E.
Water-to-Water Domestic Water Heater1) Utilize copper lined tank2) Manufacturers:
Adamson, Reco, PVI
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 85 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
F.
Steam-to-Water Domestic Water Heaters1) Utilize copper lined tank2) Manufacturers:
Adamson, Reco, PVI, Patterson Kelley
G.
Domestic Water Temperature Maintenance System1) Manufacturers: Raychem,
Thermon
H.
Domestic Water Pressure Booster System 1) All components and piping must be copper,
brass or bronze. 2) Refer to products indicated in previous areas of this guideline such as
valves, strainers, piping, insulation, etc.
3) Manufacturers: Systecon, Syncroflo
I.
4.
Hot Water Dispenser (In-Sink Aerator)1) Manufacturer: In-Sink Aerator
Plumbing Drainage Equipment
A.
Grease Interceptor1) Manufacturers: Jay R. Smith, Rockford
B.
Oil Interceptor1) Manufacturer: Jay R. Smith, Rockford
C.
Plaster Interceptor Trap1) Rockford
D.
Acid Dilution Basin 1) Manufacturer: Town and County Plastics, Inc., Jay R. Smith,
Enfield
E.
Storm Sump Pump and Sewage Ejector Packages
1)
Duplex system to be provided with pump runtime counters (hours) and
pump/motor removal system with guide rods, lift cable and extended
wiring/piping.
2)
Manufacturers: Weil, Paco, Peerless
F.
Sump Pumps1) Manufacturers: Weil Model 1400, Paco, Peerless
G.
Garbage Disposer
1) Manufacturer: In-Sink Aerator, Kenmore
5.
Natural Gas Piping Specialties
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 86 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
A.
Gas Pressure Regulator1) Manufacturer: Fisher Controls
B.
Natural Gas Pressure Relief Valves1) Manufacturer: Fisher Controls
SECTION 15450 – HIGH PURITY WATER SYSTEMS
1.
Acceptable Central System Providers:
A.
B.
WTW Systems Inc. (Phone (330) 273-8494)
US Filter (Phone (440) 234-8488)
1
Utilize copper piping in systems prior to the RO device. After RO device use piping specified
for use in purified water systems as specified in Section 15050. All devices, components and
accessories downstream of the RO device must be compatible with high purity water use.
2
Storage tank shall be polypropylene dish bottom type with bottom outlet. Illuminate the rear of
the tank to allow the water level to be easily viewed from the front. Tank shall have the following water
levels permanently marked on the tank:
A.
RO Device ON.
B.
RO Device OFF
C.
Mid-Level Alarm
D.
Low Water Pump Cut-Off
SECTION 15500 – HEAT GENERATION EQUIPMENT
1.
Flexible Water Tube Boiler
A.
2.
High efficiency pulse type boiler
A.
3.
Manufacturers: Bryan, Cleaver Brooks, Aerco
Manufacturer: Aerco
Electric Boilers
A.
Manufacturer: Indeeco
SECTION 15505 – VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
1.
Variable Frequency Drives
A.
Provide with manual bypass.
B.
Manufacturers: Eaton/Cutler Hammer, ABB, Danfoss
SECTION 15590--TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 87 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Part. 1. General
A. The balance/testing work shall be completed directly with the owner. Verify on a per project basis.
B. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General
Conditions and General Requirements, apply to work of this Section. In absence of
documents direction of the Mechanical Engineer/Facilities Director shall prevail.
C. Description:
Include all material, labor equipment and incidentals for a complete air and
water balance of new systems or revision to existing systems. Work shall include air balancing
of existing systems, but not limited to rooms where areas were altered. Existing HVAC system
integrity must be maintained, or if in question to be reviewed with the Mechanical
Engineer/Facilities Director.
D. Codes:
The work shall comply with all federal, state and local Codes, AABC, OSHA,
ASHRAE and SMACNA standards.
E. Test Preparation and Procedure
1
After the installation of each system has been completed, make all required adjustments in the
Owner’s presence to air dampers, registers, variable volume boxes, fans, hoods, humidifiers, etc., until
all performance requirements are met. During all such periods of adjustment prior to the date of
acceptance of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems by the owner, the owner’s
maintenance personnel will operate all existing equipment, contractor all new equipment. When
remodeling an existing area, the test and balance firm shall survey the existing conditions, prior to any
demolition.
2
Preliminary balancing may be done prior to completion of systems; however, final balancing
must be done with systems completely installed and operational. The test and balance firm shall provide
two days notice prior to balance to owner.
3
New, clean filters must be installed in all systems by the installing Contractor prior to balancing.
4
Record and submit the total outside air and minimum outdoor air quantities after final
adjustments.
5
All main air ducts shall be traversed, using a pitot tube and electric data meter. The manometer
shall be calibrated to read two significant figures in all velocity pressure ranges. The intent of this
operation is to measure by traverse the total air quantity supplied by the fan and to verify the
distribution of air to zones.
6.
Submit data in support of all fan deliveries by the following methods:
a.
Summation of the air quantity readings at all outlets.
b.
Duct traverses of main supply ducts.
c.
Verification of airflow quantities at the air volume sensors at the inlet to each VAV box.
6
Inspect all fan scrolls and remove objects or debris. Inspect all coils and remove dirt, debris or
obstructions. Verify that all dampers are open. Verify proper operation of fire and smoke dampers.
Lubricate all equipment.
7
Mark all settings made during system balancing.
Part. 2.-Execution
A. Air Balance
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 88 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
1
All fan systems will be operated for as long a time as will be necessary to test airflow from all
openings, make all necessary damper and other adjustments until air quantities required at each outlet or
inlet as shown are obtained throughout the various systems. Balance all air systems to obtain design air
quantities at the least static pressure. Follow the AABC National Standards for balancing air systems.
2
Fans and duct systems shall be completely balanced to obtain the air quantities indicated on the
design drawings by the adjustment of sheaves, controllable or adjustable pitch blades, air valves,
dampers, registers and other volume and diverting control devices. All final adjusted air quantities shall
be within 10% of the design requirements. Verify static pressure control and fan tracking with
controllable pitch and variable frequency drives in VAV systems. Follow the approved manufacturers
standards for balancing DDC VAV boxes. Test and record motor amperes and voltage. Record all
Temperatures (W.B. and D.B. heating and cooling).
3
If, to balance air in the system, a fan speed other than that provided should be required,
necessary changes shall be made in V-belt drive and /or dampers at no additional cost to owner.
4
Submit single line diagrams of all duct systems indicating all terminal outlets and terminal boxes
identified by number. Data sheets shall list all such outlets denoted by the same numbers, location, and
cfm. Submit this data for all supply, return and exhaust air systems.
5
Outside air dampers shall be adjusted to deliver the correct air quantity at all damper positions.
Record and submit the outside air temperatures for both cycles after final adjustments.
6
During this testing period, make all necessary settings and adjustments of temperature regulating
equipment with the assistance of the various control manufacturer(s) and/or installer. Verify accuracy of
controls with computer programs and report any deficiencies to owner.
7
Upon completion of balancing and adjustment, plug all holes in ductwork and replace insulation
to original condition.
B. Smoke and Damper Testing
1
The balancing contractor shall test all curtain-type fire dampers, smoke dampers and
combination smoke/fire dampers. Test results shall be documented in balance report.
2
Testing shall consist of removing the fusible link, verifying the damper freely closes completely
and reinstalling the fusible link. Note where access doors are not within reach of damper. Coordinate
installation of these additional dampers by the mechanical contractor and at no cost to the owner.
3
The sheet metal contractor shall correct any deficiencies prior to final acceptance by owner.
C. Water Balance
1
Water balance shall be tested in service to determine compliance with the contract. Verify that
system was thoroughly flushed with all grease and dirt being removed. Check that all water treatment
chemicals are added and equipment in place for operation. Automatic controls shall be adjusted to
required settings. Complete chilled and hot water cycles shall be tested for correct flows, pressures, and
temperature conditions to all areas and in accordance of the Associated Air Balance Council.
2. The balancing agency shall perform the following testing and balancing functions in
accordance with AABC National Standards:
a.
Strainers-request that the Mechanical Contractor clean all strainers.
b.
Air vents- check all air vents at the high points of the water system and determine if they
are installed and operating.
c.
Valves—set all balancing valves and automatic temperature control bypass valves to the
full-open position for balancing. For three-way valves, the rated pressure drop shall first be adjusted
with the three-way valve set so that all water flows through the coil. The bypass balancing valve shall
then be adjusted on each coil until equal pressure drop between supply and return connections is
obtained, with the three-way valve set to bypass the coil.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 89 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
d.
Pumps- adjust chilled-water, hot water, and condenser-water pump to meet design GPM
requirements. Check pumps for proper operation. Pumps shall be
free of vibration and cavitation. Measure and record operating current and
voltage.
e.
Tolerances-proceed to balance all chilled-water and hot-water coils to within 10 percent
of design requirements.
f.
Marking-mark all settings and record all data after completing the flow readings and coil
adjustments.
g.
Record and check the following items at each cooling/heating element:
2
Inlet water temperatures.
2
Leaving water temperatures.
2
Pressure drop of each coil, condenser, and heat exchanger
2
Pressure drop across bypass valve.
2
Pump operating suction and discharge pressures and final TDH.
2
List all mechanical specifications of pumps.
2
Rated and actual running amperage of pump motor.
D. Miscellaneous
1
Submission of certified tests shall in no way relieve fulfillment of the guarantee provided by this
Contractor. Warranty shall cover a period of ninety (90) days after Mechanical Engineer/Facilities
Director has given final approval.
2
The automatic control systems and fire detection systems shall be properly adjusted and left in
good working condition.
3
All gauges, instruments, thermometers and meters shall be checked and tested. Notify both the
Owner and Construction Manager of deficiencies.
4
Submit 7 copies of reports to project manager and Mechanical Engineer/Facilities Director for
approval.
Part . 3. Approved Vendor
Kahoe Air Balance
35601 Curtis Blvd.
Eastlake, Ohio 44095
Phone: (440) 946-4300
SECTION 15600 – REFRIGERATION
1. Water Cooled – Centrifugal Water Chillers
A. Owner Representative must witness field test of chiller.
2.
B. Manufacturers: Trane, Carrier, York
Water Cooled - screw chillers
A.
Rev. B (2/07)
Owner Representative must witness field test of chiller.
Page 90 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
B.
3.
Air Cooled Chillers
A.
4.
Manufacturers: Vulcain, MSA
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
A.
8.
Acceptable refrigerants: R-22, R-123, R-134a
Refrigerant Monitor
A.
7.
Manufacturers: Trane, Continental, Liebert
Refrigerants
A.
6.
Manufacturers: Trane, Continental, Liebert, Carrier, York
Packaged air cooled chilled water systems (under 30 tons)
A.
5.
Manufacturers: Trane, Carrier, York
Manufacturers: Vulcain, MSA
Cooling Tower
A.
Manufacturers: Marley, Baltimore Aircoil
B.
Utilize only non-combustible, corrosion resistant materials and stainless steel basin.
C.
Counter flow towers must employ the following:
1)
6 inch diameter cleanout port in or at the bottom of the tower. A 6” dirtleg “T” is
acceptable at the tower outlet provided the cap is flanged for easy removal.
2)
Provide a strainer upstream of tower discharge nozzles no more than 10 feet
above the roof level.
3)
Provide capped cleanouts at the ends of condenser water piping to
promote sludge removal.
4) Power band belt drive with internally mounted motor is acceptable. 5) Provide
aluminum ladders with a ladder cage.
D.
Cross flow towers must employ the following:1) Gear reducers shall be provided with
synthetic oil.2) Aluminum ladder, top rails, and ladder cage.3) Wet deck covers.
E.
9.
Towers utilized in winter operation should employ basin heatersor indoor water sump.
Condenser Water Indoor Sump
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 91 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
A.
Tank constructed of Corezyn 8301.
B.
Manufacturer: Edwards Fiberglass, Inc.
SECTION 15700 – HEAT TRANSFER
1.
Pumps
A.
2.
Hydronic Piping Specialties
A.
3.
Manufacturers: Peerless, Paco, Bell & Gossett, Weinman, Aurora
The use of suction diffusers is permitted with end suction pumps. Provide a separate
in line strainer opposed to an integral suction diffuser strainer.
Steam Piping Specialties
A.
Traps
1) Manufacturers: Spirax Sarco
4.
5.
B.
Pressure Reducing Stations 1) Manufacturers: Spence, Spirax Sarco, Watson-McDaniel
C.
Thermostatic Control Valves1) Manufacturers: Macon, Danfoss
D.
Relief Valves1) Manufacturers: Spence, Spirax Sarco, Watson-McDaniel
Condensate Pump and Receiver Set
A.
Duplex pumps, control panel
B.
Manufacturer: Mepco, Weil, Skidmore, Peerless, Aurora
Heat Exchanger
A.
6.
Manufacturers: Patterson-Kelley, Taco, Bell & Gossett
Unit Heaters (electric, hotwater, steam)
A. Manufacturers: Airtherm, Trane, Dunham Bush, Q-Mark, Brasch, Chromalox.
7.
Finned Tube Radiation
A.
8.
Manufacturers: Dunham Bush, Vulcan, Sterling, Trane
Radiant Panels
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 92 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
9.
A.
Extruded aluminum construction, flat face (non-fluted)
B.
Manufacturers: Aero-Tech, Sun-El, Air-Tex
Convectors
A.
10.
Packaged Air Handling Units (Indoor)
A.
11.
Manufacturers: Airtherm, Trane, Vulcan, Sterling, Dunham Bush
Manufacturers: Trane, Carrier
Custom Air Handling Units
A.
Units hall consist of the following:
1)
2)
B.
12.
All aluminum construction (base, casing and frame) with a thermal break to
ensure a no-through-metal contact path between all interior and exterior surfaces.
Minimum total wall thickness: 2-1/2 inches for indoor units, (2" insulation,
U=0.070 BTU/hr/sq ft/°F), 3 inches for outdoor units (2-1/2" insulation U=0.056
BTU/hr/sq ft/°F).
Draw through cooling coil-to-fan arrangement where applicable and
stainless steel cooling coil drain pans.
3)
Pneumatic dampers and valve actators.
4)
Coils having a 0.009 minimum fin thickness, 0.035 minimum tube
thickness and copper fins or entirely heresite coated.
5)
Centrifigual fans manufactured by Cook, Greenheck, Trane, Barry
Blower, Buffalo.
6)
Utilize VFD control of fan motors.
7)
Utilize 24 inch module filter cartridges.
8)
Units not utilized for 24 hours operation shall employ an insulated outdoor air
intake damper.
9)
All floor joints must be welded. This includes joints formed in the field when
unit is assembled on site. Each floor surface (section) shall have a minimum of
2 inch flange turned up on the outer perimeter of the interior to form a water
tight pan, continuously welded.
Manufacturers: Industrial Sheetmetal shall be the basis of design. Other approved
manufacturers are Air Enterprises and Webco.
Packaged Rooftop A/C Units
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 93 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
A.
13.
Fan Coil Terminal Units
A.
14.
Manufacturers: Trane, Carrier
Manufactuers: Trane, Carrier, York
Heating and Cooling Coils (Air Handling Units)
A. 0.035 inch tube thickness, 0.009 inch aluminum fin thickness, heresite coated or copper
finned.
15.
Air Cooled Condensing Units
A.
Manufacturers: Trane, Carrier, York, Liebert, Stultz
16.
A.
Air Cooled Condensers
Manufacturer: Trane, Carrier, York, Liebert, Stultz
17.
Computer Room Air Conditioning Units
A.
Manufacturer: Liebert, Stultz
18.
Humidifiers
A.
Manufacturers: Armstrong, Dri-Steem, Spirax Sarco
19.
Face/Bypass Coils
A.
Utilize integral tube/fin/damper type with damper/diverters over the entire coil face as
manufactured by Wing.
SECTION 15800 – AIR DISTRIBUTION
1.
Dampers
A.
Provide an access door below dampers above inaccessible ceilings or remote operators.
B.
Manufacturers: Young Regulator Company, Ventlock, Dura-Dyne.
2.
Grilles and Diffusers
A. Supply Diffusers 1) Titus “Omni” – Plaque
diffuser Use: All general areas including
patient and staff locations. 2) Titus “ML”
linear bar diffuser Use: Perimeter public
areas, main waiting areas and main
conference rooms, and high profile areas. 3)
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 94 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Titus “300RL” Adjustable double deflection
Use: Rooms without ceiling and sidewall
applications.
4)
Precision Air Model “Lami-Vent” or “Hepa-Vent” Use: Operation, Isolation,
LDR and BMT Rooms Other acceptable manufacturers: E.H. Price, Titus,
Flanders
B.
Return Grilles 1) Titus “50F” Eggcrate
Use: Lay-in ceilings of all general areas
including patient and staff locations. 2)
Titus “350 RL” Fixed Blade Use: All
drywall ceilings, except conference
rooms, or high profile areas. 3) Titus
“ML” linear slot diffuser Use: Return air
where supply diffuser type “ML” is used.
4)
Titus “30 RL” or “33 RL” Use: Operation rooms, other low returns, or where subject to
damage.
C.
Exhaust Grilles 1) Titus “350 RL” Fixed Blade
Use: All toilet rooms, janitors closets, soiled
holding rooms, IDF/MDF rooms and where
drywall ceilings exist. 2) Titus “50F” Eggcrate
Use: Lay-in ceilings of all general areas. 3)
Titus “CT” linear bar without directional vanes
Use: all sidewall counter exhaust inlets.
4)
Titus “30RL or 33RL” heavy duty bar grille.
Use: All low applications or where subject damage.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 95 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
D.
All diffusers to be Titus No. 26 white or equal coordinate with Architect on a per room basis.
E.
Coordinate the ceiling grid type with diffuser and grilles types specified (i.e. fineline, etc.)
F.
3.
Acceptable manufacturers: Titus, Krueger, E.H. Price, Precision Air, Nailor-Hart.
Exterior Louvers
4.
A.
Extruded aluminum with ½” square aluminum mesh of inside face.
B.
Manufacturers: American Warming, Airolite, Arrow, Ruskin
Roof Curbs and Equipment Supports
A.
5.
Fire Dampers
A.
6.
7.
9.
Manufacturers: Ruskin, Air Balance Inc., Nailor-Hart, Safe-Air
Smoke Dampers
A.
Smoke dampers to be fire rated when installed in a rated partition or wall.
B.
Manufacturers: Ruskin, Air Balance Inc, Nailor-Hart, Safe-Air
Access Doors (ductwork and plenum casings)
A.
8.
Minimum height: 12 inches above finished roof.
Furnish in ductwork at each automatic damper location, fire damper, smoke damper and
reheat coil location upstream and downstream. Utilize a double wall, insulated access
door with cam type latches.
Ductwork
A.
Interior duct lining must not be used.
B.
Laboratory fume hood exhaust-316 type stainless steel with welded joints.
C.
Commercial dishwasher , steam sterilizer, sterile washer exhaust-302 type
stainless steel with welded joints.
D.
Kitchen hood exhaust-16 gauge black steel welded where concealed. 18 gauge 302
stainless steel welded, grinded and polished to a No. 2 finish.
Fans
A.
Centrifugal: 1) Manufacturers: Cook, Greenheck, Trane, Barry Blower, Buffalo
B.
Vaneaxial Fixed Pitch:
1)
Manufacturers: Flakt, Joy
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 96 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
10.
11.
C.
Variable Volume (laboratory fume hoods) – Strobic Air, Bailey, MK Plastics
D.
All Other Types: Cook, Greenheck, Acme
Constant/Variable Volume Boxes and Terminal Units
A.
In lab areas and small to medium renovation type projects, provide with normally open,
pneumatic actuator and DDC Controller. In new construction and major renovation type
projects provide electric actuator with DDC Controller. (This may vary from project to
project and space to space – refer to section 15900).
B.
Unit shall utilize double wall construction equivalent to a Titus “Steriloc” system and an
access door upstream of any reheat coil.
C.
Manufacturers: Titus (PESV), Krueger, E.H. Price
Filters
A.
Utilize cartridge type filters whenever possible. Filters must be UL Class
1.
B.
Provide HEPA filters as final filters in all air handling equipment serving patient areas.
C.
Refer to Space Design Guidelines for additional filter requirements.
D.
Coordinate special filter requirements for systems serving radioactive or
biological hoods or areas on a per project basis with the Radiation Safety
Department.
E.
Manufacturers: Farr, AAF, Flanders (Bag in/Bag out specialty filters)
SECTION 15900 – CONTROLS
A.
System Manufacturers/Installers:
1) Johnson Controls2) Siemens Building Technologies3) Trane (Water chiller plants only)
B.
C.
Air Compressor Manufacturers:
1) Ingersoll Rand2) Quincy
Provide DDC controllers with pneumatic or electric actuators on terminal units serving critical
areas such as operating rooms, laboratories, isolation rooms, BMT rooms, etc. Report airflows
to the Central FMS. (Refer to Section 15800)
D.
In general, thermostat adjustments shall be accessible. Coordinate this on a per project basis
with the space users. Mount all thermostats 60 inches above the finished floor.
E.
Include the temperature control diagrams and written sequences of operation as a part of all
contract bid documents.
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 97 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
F.
For pneumatically controlled systems (new and retrofit) utilize Honeywell, two pipe
thermostat model series TP 970 with dial adjustment, direct or reverse acting, single or dual
temperature as required. Utilize cover model 14004406-910 with temperature indicator.
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16050 – BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Boxes
-Masonry
- FS series cast (surface)
- Cast aluminum (exterior walls)
Conduits
- Heavy wall rigid galvanized steel
- Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
-Flexible Metal Conduit
American Brass Co. - “Seal-tite” type “UA”
-Schedule 40 or 80 P.V.C
NOTE: All emergency circuits shall be mechanically protected by nonflexible metal raceways
Pipe Seals Pate Co. RPS Corp. Thycurb Corp.
Wiring Devices Hubbell - Light Switches (AC Spec.) -Single pole Pass & Seymour - Three way
General Electric - Four way Leviton - Key operated
- Pilot light
Revised – January 13, 2005
- Dimmers (Fluorescent)
Lutron “Nova T-Star”
- Dimmers (Incandescent)
Lutron “Nova T-Star”
“Nova”
Lutron
- Dimmers (Low voltage)
Hubbell Pass &
Seymour General
Electric Leviton
- Duplex Receptacles
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 98 of 117
- Hospital Grade- Isolated Ground
(orange)- Tamper ResistantHospital Grade Ground Fault
Revised 2/15/2007
Hubbell Pass &
Seymour General
Electric General
Electric
- Special Purpose - Manual
Motor Starters
Hill-Rom
- Manufactured Head Wall
- 30A, 50A, 60A- Twistlock2P,3W;3P,3W;3P,4W;4P,4W- Pilot
Light - Overloads - On/off Switch
Wire and Cable
- < 600 volts
- Copper - THHN/THWN - XHHW
(feeders)
Cablec “Unishield”
- > 600 volts - Control
- Copper - 15KV, 133% insulation #14 stranded THWN copper
- Power Cords
- “SO” type
Safety Switches
General Electric
- Nonfusible
General Electric
- Fusible
- Heavy Duty - Quick-make, quickbreak handle - Dual cover interlock
- On/Off indication
- Heavy Duty - Quick-make, quickbreak handle - Dual cover interlock
- On/Off indication
Fuses Bussman
Reliance Fuse Gould
Shawmut LittleFuse
General Electric S&C
- < 600 volts, < 600 amps
Bussman Reliance
Fuse Gould Shawmut
LittleFuse General
Electric S&C
Bussman ‘JC’ Series
- < 600 volts, > 600 amps - > - Class L, bolt type- E-rated,
600 volts, < 600 amps
current limiting
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 99 of 117
- Class RK-1, dual-element,
timedelay
Revised 2/15/2007
Motor Starters
General Electric
- Combination type
- Fusible safety switch - FVNR Across the line starting - 120V
secondary control transformer On/Off indication - (2) N.C.
contacts - (2) N.O. contacts
Floor Boxes Wiremold/Walkerbox Hubbell
Through Floor Fittings Wiremold/Walkerbox Hubbell
Steel City Thomas & Betts
Fire Stopping Specified Technologies, Inc.
Access Doors
- Flush
- Steel - 16”x20” minimum
Cable Trays Chalfant
Series 6
-Louver ventilated
- Trapeze with strut support
Surface Mounted Raceways
Wiremold
Supporting Devices
-Gal. Steel or Aluminum -Hardware
-Supports
-Hangers
-Brackets
-Angle iron
-Channels
-Rods
- Clamps
Pads, Foundations & Enclosures
-6” concrete pads w/1”chamfer edge
- Concrete block oil containment curb for silicon filled transformers
SECTION 16200 – EMERGENCY/STANDBY POWER GENERATION SYSTEM
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 100 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Generator
Caterpillar
-Diesel
-Fuel System
-Controller
- Remote Annunciator
- Remote outdoor tank with 24 hour
capacity minimum
-Indoor day tank with 4 hour
capacity minimum
- Microprocessor-based
SECTION 16210 – AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
Automatic Transfer Switch
Russelectric - Bypass/Isolation (Bypass for both normal and generator)
-Draw-out configuration
-NEMA 1 cabinet
-(3) or (4) double break contactor type poles
-No circuit breaker type poles
- Elevator Accesory 23b and 14b for signal to elevator controller (if applicable)
-RMT type
- Adjustable low voltage and full phase failure sensitive relays. One sensor per phase.
Dropout shall be 5 to 20% below the pickup of 75 to 100% of the normal line voltage.
Normal settings shall be 80% dropout and 90% pickup. Overvoltage: 80% dropout,
90% pick-up;Undervoltage: 120% pick-up,110% dropout;Over-frequency: 110% pickup, 105% dropout; Under-frequency: 90% dropout, 95% pick-up; Phase balance:
Operation at 20% unbalance; Phase sequence: ABC or CBA
-Time delay on engine start starting and transfer switch operation to override momentary normal
source power outages adjustable 0.5 - 6 seconds. (1d)
-Time delay on retransfer to normal, adjustable 0-31 minutes (set 30 minutes), with engine overrun to
provide adjustable 0-5 minute unloaded engine operation after retransfer to normal. (2a and 2e).
- Load test switch to simulate normal power failure (maintained type). (5at).
- Push-button to bypass time delay on retransfer to normal (key-pad initiated). (6b).
- Contact to close on failure of normal source to initiate engine starting or other customer
function. (7).
- Contact to open on failure of normal source to initiate engine starting or other customer
function. (8).
- Push to test button for all pilot lights (6x).
- Green pilot light to indicate switch is in the normal position, LED external to processor.
(9axx).
- Red pilot light to indicate switch is in the emergency position, LED external to processor.
(9bxx).
- Pilot light to indicate normal power is available, LED type. (9ax).
- Pilot light to indicate emergency power is available, LED type. (9bx).
- Pilot light to indicate bypass to normal (solid), isolate (blinking), LED type. (9nbp)
- Pilot light to indicate bypass to emregency (solid), isolate (blinking). LED type. (9ebp)
-(2) Auxiliary contacts closed in normal position, wired to terminal strip. (14ax).
-(2) Auxiliary contacts closed in emergency position, wired to terminal strip. (14bx).
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 101 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
- Frequency and Voltmeter to read phase-to-phase of normal and emergency. (19bd).
-Elevator on emergency power signal (14bx) – 1 per controller
-Elevator pre transfer signal (23cx)- 1 per controller
- Relay to prevent transfer to emergency until voltage and frequency of generating plant have
reached 90% of rated value. (2l).
- Compression type lugs (Burndy Hypress). (xx).
- Control circuit disconnect plug to allow service on de-energized transfer switch without
interrupting normal service.
-RMTD type - for large motor and transformer applications
-Double throw, “center off”
- Dual motor
- same options as RMT
- Time delay on transfer to emergency, adjustable 0-255 seconds. (2b).
- Time delay relays to control contact transition time on transfer to either source, adjustable 0255 seconds. (2d).
SECTION 16400 – ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION
Grounding
-Driven rods
-Ground ring
Branch Circuit Breaker Panelboards (< 400 amps)
- Door-in-door trim
General Electric - 240 volt - Copper bus ‘A’ Series
I
n
n
e
r
a
n
d
o
u
t
e
r
d
o
o
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 102 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Series - Door-in-door trim
General Electric - 277/480 volt - Copper bus ‘A’
I
n
n
e
r
a
n
d
o
u
t
e
r
d
o
o
r
w
i
t
Circuit Breaker Distribution Panelboards (400 – 800 amps)
General Electric Spectra - 240 volt - Copper bus Series Power Panelboard - Door-indoor trim
-Inner and outer door with lock and latch
General Electric Spectra - 277/480 volt - Copper bus Series Power Panelboard Door-in-door trim
-Inner and outer door with lock and latch
Circuit Breakers
-Panelboards
- Thermal-magnetic, molded case bolt-on
type
-Distribution Panelboards
- Thermal-magnetic, molded case
Transformers (Non substation)
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 103 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
General Electric - Dry type- 115°C temp rise
Surge Protection Devices
Liebert Corp.
Current Tech., Inc.
SECTION 16410 – SWITCHBOARDS
Switchboards (>800 amps – 1600 amps)
General Electric Spectra - Circuit Breaker Type - Copper main bus and riser bus
Series Switchboard
- GE Spectra RMS molded case circuit
breakers
o
u
n
G
t
e
r
o
d
u
p
c
o
m
n
c
e
h
c
SECTION
t
16415 –
(
r
BOLTED
>
i
CONTACT
c
SWITCHES
8
0
B
0
o
<
l
a
t
1
m
e
0
p
d
0
s
)
0
C
o
a
G
n
m
e
t
n
p
a
e
s
c
r
t
a
l
S
A
w
m
E
i
l
m
t
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 104 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
e
t
e
r
1
0
0
0
V
o
l
t
m
e
t
e
r
a
m
p
s
-
General
E
l
e
c
t
r
i
c
Ammeter
SYSTEMS
SECTION
16417 –
BUSWAY
>
Voltmeter
F
a
u
l
t
P
r
o
Busway
General
Electric
H
o
r
i
z
on
t
a
l
Rev. B (2/07)
G
r
o
u
n
d
Page 105 of 117
C
o
p
p
e
r
V
e
r
t
i
c
a
Revised 2/15/2007
r
t
y
p
e
P
l
u
g
i
n
General
Electric
F
e
e
Busway Plugs
16420 – LOAD
CENTER
UNIT
- SUBSTATION
C
iS
r
c
u
i
t
B
r
e
a
k
e
r
F
u
s
i
b
l
e
k
e
y
i
n
t
e
r
l
o
c
k
s
S
w
i
t
c
h
s
h
SECTION
Rev. B (2/07)
u
b
s
t
a
t
i
o
n
K
i
r
k
Page 106 of 117
d
e
r
t
y
p
e
Revised 2/15/2007
a
l
l
M
a
i
n
T
i
e
M
a
i
n
b
e
p
r
o
v
i
d
e
d
d
e
v
i
c
e
b
e
t
w
e
e
n
High Voltage Incoming Line Section
-Double Ended
-Duplex Load Break Air - Pad lockable Interrupter
Switches (fusible)
Transformer Section - Double Ended- Silicon Immersed
Low Voltage Switchgear
(see section 16425) SECTION 16425 – LOW VOLTAGE
SWITCHGEAR
Switchgear
General Electric AKD-10 - Sections - Low voltage
-NEMA 1 enclosure
-Isolated vertical sections
-No ventilation slots
-Integral breaker lifting device
-Bus Bars - Copper
- Incoming and Outgoing - Compression lugs Terminations - Copper cable material
- Breaker Compartment - Draw-out rails
-Pad lockable
General Electric - Low voltage Power - Electrically operated for auto “AKR” type Circuit Breakers
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 107 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
transfer between Main-Tie-Main
- MicroVersa Trip PM
General Electric - Extended Function (PQM 3720)
Electronic Metering
SECTION 16445 – MEDIUM VOLTAGE TERMINATION TAP BOX
”
x
3
”
N
E
M
A
G
r
o
u
n
d
1
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
B
u
s
B
a
r
P
a
d
(
3
)
l
o
c
k
a
b
l
e
¼
”
x
4
”
P
h
a
s
e
h
a
n
d
l
e
s
B
u
s
¼
Rev. B (2/07)
B
Page 108 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
a
r
s
y
I
n
t
e
r
l
o
c
k
K
i
r
k
K
e
Nameplate Elastimold Dead-break junctions
(allowing
imimum one spare
junction) Elastimold Parking stands Elastimold
- Cable connectors
SECTION 16470 –
mISOLATED POWER
SYSTEM
Isolated Power System
Post Glover - Isolation Transformer “IDP” Series - Line Isolation Monitor - Mark III
Module - RRP
-Ground Module/Jack - GJP
-Power and Ground
Module - RRP
-Ground
-Master Ground Module -GJB-24
l - Isolation Transformer
I
“IPP” Series - Line
s
Isolation Monitor
o
t
r
o
and Ground Module
- -Ground Module
P -Ground Module/Jack
o
-Master Ground Module
w
e
r
NEW CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 16500 –
LIGHTING
LAMP AND
BALLAST
SPECIFICATION
STANDARDS FOR
Rev. B (2/07)
Lamp Specification Guidelines
1
The following lamp specifications apply to all new light
sources that are specified or purchased for use at any CCF facility.
Architects and Engineers should specify lighting fixtures that
make best use of the operational characteristics of these lamps.
2
Where a special lighting application requires the use of a
Page 109 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
lamp type that is not
included in this
standard, obtain
approval to use the
lamp from the CCF
Office of
Construction
Management and
the Facilities
Engineering
Department.
3
Incandescent
lamp sources,
including halogen
types, shall not be
specified unless
approval has been
obtained from the
CCF Office of
Construction
Management and
Facilities
Engineering
Department.
4
Standard
fluorescent lamp
color temperature is
3500°K. Other color
temperatures shall
not be used unless
approval has been
obtained from the
Cleveland Clinic
Foundation. All
CCF Operating
Rooms and adjacent
support areas, such
as, preand post op.,
sub sterile rooms,
32 watt triple High
Intensity
G.E.Pulsearc MultiVapor Metal Halide
clean storage rooms, corridors and nursing control desks shall use
a lamp color temperature of 4100°K.
5
Standard metal halide lamp color is 4000°K. However,
when installing metal halide lighting fixtures at interior locations,
Engineer should select a lamp with a color temperature of 3200°K.
Verify this selection with CCF Office of Construction
Management and Facilities Engineering Department prior to
specifying lamp.
6
The standard fluorescent lighting fixture for general
lighting applications shall be a 2’ x 4’ lay-in type fixture with (3)T8 lamps and electronic ballasts-quantity as required by switching
level arrangement. Lens types shall be selected by Architect and
approved by the CCF Office of Construction Management and
Facilities Engineering Department.
7
Lighting fixtures of the 2’ x 2’ size shall not be specified
unless approval has been obtained from the CCF Office of
Construction Management and Facilities Engineering Department.
8
Exit signs shall contain long-life, diffused red LED’s, and
shall be similar to the diecast aluminum Exitronix 400 series.
Lamp Type
Specification Standard
Linear Fluorescent T8, medium bipin 48”, 32 watts,
SPX35, CRI 86, low mercury Content - G.E. T8 Watt-MiserF32T8/SP35/IS/WM/ECO
U Fluorescent T8, medium bipin, 32 watts, SPX35, CRI
84, 6” spacing between legs - GE. Mod-U-Line with Starcoat F32T8/SPX35/U/6
•
High Lumen T5, 4-pin base, 22.5”, 40 watts,
SPX35, CRI 82, - G.E. High
Fluorescent BiaxLumen Biax - F40/30BX/SPX35
• High Output T8, 400 ma recessed double contact base,
96”, 86 watts, SPX35,
Fluorescent CRI 84-G.E.T8 High Output with Starcoat F96T8/SPX35/HO
•
Compact T4, 4-pin base, SPX35, CRI 82, G.E.
double, triple or quad biax-Fluorescent wattage as required by
application 13 watt double - F13DBX/SPX35/4P 18 watt double F18DBX/SPX35/4P 26 watt double - F26DBX/SPX35/4P 26 watt
triple - F26TBX/SPX35/4P
F32TBX-SPX35/4P 42 watt quad - F42QBX/SPX35/4P
or standard Metal Halide Discharge (HID) as noted, 4000°K, CRI
65 minimum, universal or vertical burning 70W-150W position as
noted, clear or coated as required by application
watt clear,
7
universal
0
MVR70/U/M
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 110 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
E
coated,
D
universal
MVR70/C/U/
7
MED 100
0
watt clear,
universal
w
MVR100/U/
a
MED
t
t
att coated, universal
MVR150/C/U/MED
100 watt coated,
universal
MVR100/C/U/MED
175 watt clear, vertical base up MVR 175/VBU/MED/PA
150 watt clear,
universal
MVR150/U/MED
175 watt coated, vertical base up MVR 175/C/VBU/MED/PA
400 watt clear, universal - MVR
400/U
1
5
0
Ballast Specification
Guidelines
1
The
following ballast
specifications apply
to all new ballasts
that are specified or
purchased for use at
any CCF facility.
Rev. B (2/07)
w
Engineers should specify lighting fixture types that accommodate
the specified ballasts without costly modifications to the lighting
fixture.
2
Only electronic ballasts shall be specified for all
fluorescent lamp applications unless approval to use a nonelectronic type ballast has been obtained from the CCF Office of
Construction Management and the Facilities Engineering
Department.
3
Where a special lighting application requires the use of a
ballast type that is not included in this standard, obtain approval to
use the ballast from the CCF Office of Construction Management
and the Facilities Engineering Department.
Page 111 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
4
All
fluorescent and HID
ballasts shall be
fused.
5
All
fluorescent ballasts
used at exterior
locations shall be
rated for 0°F
starting.
6
Fluorescent
lighting fixtures
used in the
following areas
shall be equipped
High Lumen
Fluorescent Biax
with an RFI shielded lens and an RFI suppressor for each ballast:
Operating Rooms, Pre and Post-Op, ICU, CCU, PCU, NICU and
other similar Critical Care Areas, as well as other areas where
electronic equipment is used that is sensitive to RF interference, as
determined by the CCF Office of Construction Management or the
Facilities Engineering Department.
Ballast Type
Specification Standard
• Linear and U High frequency rapid start electronic, fused
120 volt or 277 volt
Fluorescent input as required by application, parallel
circuit operation, .98 power factor, THD<10%, 5 year labor and
material replacement warranty - G.E./Magnetek HP series
operating 1, 2, 3 or 4 F32T8 lamps.
High Output Fluorescent
Compact Fluorescent
fused High frequency programmed rapid start electronic, fused
1 or 2 lamps, 120V B232I120EL/Ultra fused 1 or 2 lamps
277V -
universal
120 volt or 277 volt input as required by application, series circuit
operation, end-of-lamp-life shutdown circuit with auto-reset, 5
year labor and material replacement warranty - G.E./Magnetek
TRIAD series operating 1 or 2, 40 watt double lamps C240PUNVHP-Bfused.
- B332I120EL/Ultra
High frequency instant start electronic, fused 120 volt or 277
volt input as required by application, parallel circuit operation,
.95 power factor, THD< 20%, 5 year labor and material
replacement warranty - G.E./Magnetek RH series operating 1 or
2 F96T8HO lamps.
- fused 3 lamps
1 or 2 lamps, 120V - B286I120RH - fused 1 or 2 lamps, 277V -
277V -
B286I277RH - fused High frequency programmed rapid start
B332I277EL/Ultra -
- B432I120EL/Ultra
electronic, fused universal
120 volt or 277 volt input as required by application, series circuit
operation, end-of-lamp-life shutdown circuit with auto-reset, 5
year labor and material replacement warranty- G.E./Magnetek
TRIAD series operating 1 or 2 compact fluorescent lamps.
- fused 4 lamps,
1 or 2 lamps, 13 watt double - CT213UNV -
277V -
fused 1 or 2 lamps, 18 watt double - C218UNV -
B432I277EL/Ultra -
fused 1 or 2 lamps, 26 watt double - C2642UNV
B232I277EL/Ultra fused 3 lamps 120V
fused 4 lamps, 120V
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 112 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
-
mps, 26 watt triple - C2642UNV - fused 1 or 2
fus
lamps, 32 watt triple - C2642UNV - fused 1
ed
lamp, 42 watt quad - C2642UNV - fused
1
or
2
la
HID) wattage autotransformer,
fused 120, 208, 277, or 480 volt input
as required by application, 2 year
labor and material replacement
warranty - G.E./Magnetek Universe
Precise Series - match ANSI ballast
type to lamp used.
Dimmed
Lutron Hi-Lume
type.Fluorescent
High
Intensity Exterior
applications: Core
and Coil type, -30°C
starting, constant
Discharge
(
lications: Potted Core and Coil type, 30°C starting, constant wattage
autotransformer, fused 120, 208, 277,
or 480 volt input as required by
application, 2 year labor and material
replacement warranty G.E./Magnetek Universe Precise
Series match ANSI Ballast type to
lamp used.
I
n
t
e
r
i
o
r
a
p
p
Lighting Fixtures
Alkco - Surgical Troffer
ST8240 Series Vista Sealed
Surgical Light
Marconi
Rev. B (2/07)
- Film Viewers
Page 113 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
McGraw-Edison - Exterior Site fixture - Bronze in color “Cirrus” Series w/Spider Mount
Lamp Protection - Lexan Lamp Sleeves - Exposed fluorescent lamps
SECTION 16600 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
Lightning Protection System
-Independent Protection - Materials - Copper or Aluminum Co. (Distributed by Western - Air
terminals Reserve Lightning Rod Co.)
SECTION 16611 – UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
U.P.S. - Bypass on type Liebert
SECTION 16700 – COMMUNICATIONS
Telephone/Data System (per CCF - ITD Specifications – seeITD Reference Document)
Broadband System (per CCF - ITD Specifications – see ITDReference Document)
Master Clock System
Simplex 6400-9001
Simplex 6310 Series
- Synchronous system
- Clocks
Simplex 2975-9038
- Single Dial
Back box
Simplex 2975-9024
- Double Dial
Back box & 2310-9810
Bracket
Simplex 2861-9001
Overhead Paging System
by Sound-Com Corp. of
Berea, OH
- Clock Power Booster System
Stentofon
- Amplifiers
- 8” speaker/baffle/transformer
Atlas/Soundolier
#FDD72W
Rev. B (2/07)
- 8 amp output - NEMA 1
enclosure
Page 114 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
- Speaker rough-in back can
Atlas #96-8
- Tile bridge
Atlas #EQ81
Security System by Matrix
(See Security Standards Reference Document)
SECTION 16704 – INTERCOM SYSTEM
Intercom by Sound
Com Corp. of Berea,
OH Stentofon
- System
- Two-way “hands-free” voice
communication - Audible
annunciation of calls - All-call
(station paging) and group call (zone
paging) - Privacy mode - Press to talk
- Call transfer and forwarding - Camp
on busy and busy call-back Conference call - Flexible numbering
- All-call automatic respond Overhead paging
Stentofon
- Wall Station
Stentofon
- Desk Station
16710, 16715, 16717 – NURSE CALL SYSTEM
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 115 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
Outpatient Nurse Call System by Sound-Com
Corp. of Berea, OH Rauland-Borg System - Tone/
Visual 8000 Series #NCS8000 #NCS8036 #DS800
#PCS113 #SS300 #BPS113 #BS800 (single)
#BS800 (double) #CL4094
- Controller - Terminal CabinetsAnnunciator- Duty Station- Toilet and
Shower Station- Staff Station- Patient
Emergency Help- Single Patient
Station- Dual Patient Station- Dome
and Zone Light
Rauland-Borg System
Responder IV Model
NCGCM
- Networked
- Hub Controller
Model NCTSM - Nurse Console (Master Station) Model NCBSS1 - Single Patient Station Model
NCBSD2 - Dual Patient Station Model NCSTAFF - Staff Station Model NCDUTY - Duty Station
Model NCPCS1 - Toilet and Shower Station Model NCSPB1 - Single Call Button Help Station Model
NCDPB2 - Dual Call Button Help Station
Model NCCB1 - Code Blue Model NCSRS3 - Staff Register Station Model ES3200 - Pillow Speaker
Model CC200 - Pushbutton Callcord Model NCCLT2(F4, S6) - Dome and Zone Lights – 2lamp (4
lamp, 6 lamp) Model RTSH404 - Infrared
Locator Receivers Model RTTH200 - Tracking Badge Model NCDATA - Data Interface Module
- Nurse Management Software
by Hill-Rom
Inpatient Nurse Call System
Station
Communication
System - Terminal
Cabinets
Composer Networked Master
- Room-to-room
Communication Device
- Remote Call Device
(toilet, shower, code,
emergency, etc.)
- Dome and zone
lights
- Locator Receiver
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 116 of 117
Revised 2/15/2007
g
e
systems to be
-installed in
conduit
Pillow
Speaker
NOTE:
Nurse
call
SECTION 16721 –
ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM
Addressable Fire Alarm System
by Simplex Time
Recorder Co.
-System - Voice Communication
-Networked
Simplex 4120 - Control Panel
- Remote Annunciator - LCD Simplex 2099 Series - Manual Pull Station - double action, break
glass Simplex 4098 Series - Smoke Detector - photoelectric
Simplex 4098 Series - Heat Detector - rate-of-rise 15°F
- set point 135°F Simplex 4098 Series - Detector Base Simplex 2098 Series - Base relay
Simplex 4098 Series - Duct Smoke Detector - photoelectric Simplex 2098-9806 - key test switch
Simplex 4903 Series - Audio/Visual Device - ADA compliant
- Voice/strobe Simplex 4904 Series - Visual only Device - ADA compliant
Simplex 2088 Series - Magnetic Door Holders
-Zone Adapter Module - Monitor IAMS
-Control ZAMS
Simplex 2901 Series - Flow Bell - 4” round
SECTION 16900 – MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
Motor Control Center
General Electric 8000 Line
Series
- Motor Starters - FVNR
SECTION 16905 – PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING CONTROL PANELBOARDS
Programmable Lighting Control System
General Electric TLC Level 3
Series
Rev. B (2/07)
Page 117 of 117
Select Box for Interior Finishes
DESIGN STANDARDS MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLEVELAND CLINIC FOUNDATION DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX C
Section 5 – Appendix C Interior Furniture Products and Manufacturer
Representative Listings
01.06.11 - This section has been removed
Introduction
Board of Governors: Offices
Board of Governors: Secretary Areas
Classroom/Training
Conference Rooms
Dining – Informal
Dining Areas – Formal
Labor, Delivery and Recovery Rooms
Exam Rooms
Lobby: Main Waiting Areas
Lobby: Main Registration/Reception
Nurse Stations
Offices: Administrative
Offices: Department Chairpersons/Heads
Offices: Physicians
Offices: Support Staff (Open Areas)
Offices: Support Staff (Private Offices)
On-Call Rooms
Patient Rooms
Staff Lounge
Libraries
Waiting Areas: Family Waiting Vending Areas and Recovery Areas
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Revised – July 2004
Page 1
Infection Control and Epidemiology
Quality and Patient Safety Institute
Desk P58
216-444-5194
Mounting Requirements for Sharps Containers
All architects, planners, interior designers, project managers and facilities engineering personnel
involved in the construction or renovation of patient care locations should be aware of the
requirements for hanging wall mounted sharps containers.
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) recommends:
1. The user should have a clear unobstructed view of the opening
2. The container should be located within arm’s reach
3. The fixture height should be below the eye level of 95% of adult female workers
Correct installation heights for fixed, wall-mounted sharps disposal containers are 5256 inches above the floor.
Al
coholBasedHandRub(ABHR)
Di
spenserMount
i
ngi
nHeal
t
hcar
eOccupancy
ABHR
Bot
t
om ofval
veshoul
dbe54”f
r
om f
l
oor
.....................
Di
spenser
smustbemount
ednol
ess
t
hansi
xi
nchesf
r
om anadj
acentsour
ce
ofi
gni
t
i
on(
i
ncl
udi
ngphonej
acks,cal
l
swi
t
ches,Kr
onost
i
mecl
ocks,and
t
her
most
at
s)
,asmeasur
edf
r
om cent
er
l
i
neofdi
spensert
ot
henear
estedge
oft
hecoverpl
at
eori
gni
t
i
onsour
ce.
Di
spenser
scannotbemount
edabove
anysour
ceofi
gni
t
i
on(
asdef
i
nedabove)
.
The‘
ul
eappl
i
es
si
xi
nchf
r
om cent
er
l
i
ne’r
i
nf
i
ni
t
el
ybel
ow t
heval
veoft
heABHR.
Recommendedhei
ghtofval
vef
r
om
f
l
oor
:54”
I
fABHR di
spenseri
spl
acedi
ncor
r
i
dor
:
cor
r
i
dormustbeatl
eastsi
x(
6)f
eet
wi
de,anddi
spenser
smustbeatl
east
f
our(
4)f
eetapar
tf
r
om eachot
her
.
Uset
heappr
ovedst
andar
d9oz.cani
st
er
.
I
fABHR i
smount
edovercar
pet
i
ng,
bui
l
di
ngmusthaveover
headspr
i
nkl
er
syst
em i
npl
ace.
Cl
evel
andCl
i
ni
c
Qual
i
t
yandPat
i
entSaf
et
yI
nst
i
t
ut
e JZ Feb.
2007
Al
coholBasedHandRub(ABHR)
Di
spenserMount
i
ngi
nBusi
nessOccupancy
ABHR
Bot
t
om ofval
veshoul
dbe54”f
r
om f
l
oor
.....................
Di
spenser
smustbemount
ednol
ess
t
hansi
xi
nchesf
r
om anadj
acentsour
ce
ofi
gni
t
i
on(
i
ncl
udi
ngphonej
acks,cal
l
swi
t
ches,Kr
onost
i
mecl
ocks,and
t
her
most
at
s)
,asmeasur
edf
r
om cent
er
l
i
neofdi
spensert
ot
henear
estedge
oft
hecoverpl
at
eori
gni
t
i
onsour
ce.
Di
spenser
scannotbemount
edabove
anysour
ceofi
gni
t
i
on(
asdef
i
nedabove)
.
The‘
ul
eappl
i
es
si
xi
nchf
r
om cent
er
l
i
ne’r
i
nf
i
ni
t
el
ybel
ow t
heval
veoft
heABHR.
Recommendedhei
ghtofval
vef
r
om
f
l
oor
:54”
I
fABHR di
spenserpl
acedi
ncor
r
i
dor
,
di
spenser
smustbepl
acedatl
eastf
our
(
4)f
eetawayf
r
om eachot
her
.
Uset
heappr
ovedst
andar
d9oz.cani
st
er
.
Cl
evel
andCl
i
ni
c
Qual
i
t
yandPat
i
entSaf
et
yI
nst
i
t
ut
e JZ Mar
.
2007